UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________ to ________

 

Commission File No. 001-36094

 

 

 

THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland   52-1652138
(State of other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)

 

3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland   20601
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (301) 645-5601

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨ Accelerated Filer x
Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨ Smaller Reporting Company   x
Emerging Growth Company   ¨  

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act . ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)

Yes ¨ No x

 

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $166.80 million based on the closing price $35.36 per share at which the common stock was sold on the last business day of the Company’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.  For purposes of this calculation only, the shares held by directors, executive officers and the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan of the registrant are deemed to be shares held by affiliates.

 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2019: 5,581,521

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. (Part III)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents Page
   
PART I  
   
Item 1. Business 1
   
Supervision and Regulation 18
   
Management 24
   
Item 1A. Risk Factors 26
   
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 40
   
Item 2. Properties 40
   
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 40
   
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 40
   
PART II  
   
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 41
   
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 44
   
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 48
   
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk 88
   
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 90
   
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 161
   
Item 9B. Other Information 161
   
PART III  
   
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 162
   
Item 11. Executive Compensation 162
   
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 162
   
Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence 163
   
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 163
   
PART IV  
   
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 164
   
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 168

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

This report contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements are not historical facts, rather statements based on The Community Financial Corporation’s current expectations regarding its business strategies, intended results and future performance. Forward-looking statements are preceded by terms such as “expects,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “intends” and similar expressions.

 

Management’s ability to predict results or the effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors that could affect actual results include interest rate trends, the general economic climate in the market area in which The Community Financial Corporation operates, as well as nationwide, The Community Financial Corporation’s ability to control costs and expenses, competitive products and pricing, changes in accounting principles, loan demand, loan delinquency rates, charge-offs, changes in federal and state legislation and regulation and effectively manage the risks the Company faces, including credit, operational and cyber security risks. These factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Community Financial Corporation assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

 

Item 1. Business

 

Business

 

The Community Financial Corporation (the “Company’) is a bank holding company organized in 1989 under the laws of the State of Maryland. It owns all the outstanding shares of capital stock of Community Bank of the Chesapeake (the “Bank”), a Maryland-chartered commercial bank. The Bank was organized in 1950 as Tri-County Building and Loan Association of Waldorf, a mutual savings and loan association, and in 1986 converted to a federal stock savings bank and adopted the name Tri-County Federal Savings Bank. In 1997, the Bank converted to a Maryland-chartered commercial bank and adopted the name Community Bank of Tri-County. Effective October 18, 2013, Community Bank changed its name to become Community Bank of the Chesapeake.

 

The Company engages in no significant activity other than holding the stock of the Bank and operating the business of the Bank. Accordingly, the information set forth in this 10-K, including financial statements and related data, relates primarily to the Bank and its subsidiaries.

 

The Bank maintains its main office and operations center in Waldorf, Maryland, in addition to its branch offices in Lexington Park, Leonardtown, La Plata (two branches), Dunkirk, Bryans Road, Waldorf, Charlotte Hall, Prince Frederick and Lusby, Maryland; and downtown Fredericksburg, Virginia. In addition, the Bank maintains five loan production offices (“LPOs”) in La Plata, Prince Frederick, Leonardtown and Annapolis, Maryland and in Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Leonardtown LPO is co-located with the branch. We also serve our customers through our website: www.cbtc.com. In addition to providing our customers with 24-hour access to their accounts, and information regarding our products and services, hours of service, and locations, the website provides extensive information about the Company for the investment community. In addition, our filings with the SEC (including our annual report on Form 10-K; our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; and our current reports on Form 8-K), and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are available without charge, and are posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website. The website also provides information regarding our Board of Directors and management team, as well as certain Board Committee charters and our corporate governance policies. The content of our website shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed its acquisition of County First Bank (“County First”) with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank (the “Merger”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 31, 2017, by and among the Company, the Bank and County First. As of January 1, 2018, the Company acquired fair valued total assets of $227.7 1 million, total loans of $140.8 million and total deposits of $199.2 million. The acquisition represented 16.2% of the Company’s December 31, 2017 total assets of $1.4 billion. County First had five branch offices in La Plata, Waldorf, New Market, Prince Frederick and California, Maryland. The Bank kept the La Plata branch open. In May 2018, the remaining four branches were closed and consolidated with legacy Community Bank of the Chesapeake branch offices. The three bank locations that were held for sale were sold in the first six months of 2018. The remaining closed branch lease expired in December 2018.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Bank operated 15 automated teller machines which includes three stand-alone locations. The Bank offers telephone and internet banking services. The Bank is engaged in the commercial and retail banking business as authorized by the banking statutes of the States of Maryland and Virginia and applicable federal regulations, including the acceptance of deposits, and the origination of loans to individuals, associations, partnerships and corporations. The Bank’s real estate loan portfolio consists of commercial mortgage loans, residential first and second mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit. Commercial lending consists of both secured and unsecured loans. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Bank’s primary federal regulator.

 

 

1 Total acquired assets do not include goodwill of $10.8 million.

 

  1  

 

 

Market Area

 

The Bank considers its principal lending and deposit market area to consist of the tri-county area in Southern Maryland and the greater Fredericksburg area in Virginia. As a result of the Bank’s expansion into the greater Fredericksburg market in 2013, Stafford County has become part of the Bank’s principal lending and deposit market area. The Annapolis LPO opening in October 2014 provided additional market expansion opportunities in 2015. Our market area is one of the fastest growing regions in the country and is home to a mix of federal facilities, industrial and high-tech businesses. The Bank’s primary market areas boast a strong median household income, low unemployment and projected population growth better than national averages .

 

The presence of several major federal facilities located within the Bank’s footprint and in adjoining counties contribute to economic growth. Major federal facilities include the Patuxent River Naval Air Station in St. Mary’s County, the Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center in Charles County and the Naval Surface Warfare –Naval Support Facility in King George County. In addition, there are several major federal facilities located in adjoining markets including Andrews Air Force Base and Defense Intelligence Agency & Defense Intelligence Analysis Center in Prince Georges County, Maryland and the U.S. Marine Base Quantico, Drug Enforcement Administration Quantico facility and Federal Bureau of Investigation Quantico facility in Prince William County, Virginia. These facilities directly employ thousands of local employees and serve as an important contributor to the region’s overall economic health.

 

The economic health of the region, while stabilized by the influence of the federal government, is not solely dependent on this sector. Calvert County is home to the Dominion Power Cove Point Liquid Natural Gas Terminal, which is one of the nation’s largest liquefied natural gas terminals and Dominion Power is currently constructing liquefaction facilities for exporting liquefied natural gas. Based on information from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, unemployment rates in the Company’s footprint have historically remained well below the national average.

 

The Bank expanded into the greater Fredericksburg, Virginia market in August 2013. According to the Fredericksburg Regional Alliance, the Fredericksburg Region, including the City of Fredericksburg and the counties of Caroline, King George, Spotsylvania, and Stafford, Virginia, has been the fastest growing region in the Commonwealth of Virginia for the last five years.

 

Competition

 

The Bank faces strong competition in the attraction of deposits and in the origination of loans. Its most direct competition for deposits and loans comes from other banks and federal and state credit unions located in its primary market area. There are more than 25 FDIC-insured depository institutions as well as several large credit unions operating in the Bank’s footprint including several large regional and national bank holding companies. The Bank also faces additional significant competition for customers’ funds from mutual funds, brokerage firms, online Banks, and other financial service companies. The Bank competes for loans by providing competitive rates and flexibility of terms and service, including customer access to senior decision makers. It competes for deposits by offering depositors a wide variety of account types, convenient office locations and competitive rates. Other services offered include tax deferred retirement programs, brokerage services through an affiliation with Community Wealth Advisors, cash management services and safe deposit boxes. The Bank has used targeted direct mail, print and online advertising and community outreach to increase its market share of deposits, loans and other services in its market area. It provides ongoing training for its staff to provide high-quality service.

 

Lending Activities

 

General

 

The Bank offers a wide variety of real estate and commercial loans. The Bank’s lending activities include commercial real estate loans, loans secured by residential rental property, construction loans, land acquisition and development loans, equipment financing, commercial and consumer loans. The Company exited the origination of owner-occupied residential mortgages in April 2015 and has established third party sources to supply its residential whole loan portfolio. Most of the Bank’s customers are residents of or businesses located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s primary targets for commercial loans consist of small and medium-sized businesses with revenues of $5.0 million to $35.0 million as well as not-for-profits in Southern Maryland, the Annapolis area of Maryland and the greater Fredericksburg area of Virginia.

 

  2  

 

 

Commercial Real Estate (CRE) and Other Non-Residential Real Estate Loans

 

The permanent financing of commercial and other improved real estate projects, including office buildings, retail locations, churches, and other special purpose buildings, is the largest component of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loans amounted to $878.0 million or 65.2% of the loan portfolio and $727.3 million or 63.3% of the loan portfolio, respectively at December 31, 2018 and 2017. This portfolio has increased in both absolute size and as a percentage of the loan portfolio in each of the last seven years. The CRE portfolio includes commercial construction balances. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, commercial construction balances were $51.5 million or 5.9% and $44.8 million or 6.2%, respectively, of the CRE portfolio.

 

The primary securities on a commercial real estate loan are the real property and the leases or businesses that produce income for the real property. The Bank generally limits its exposure to a single borrower to 15% of the Bank’s capital and participates with other lenders on larger projects. Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally limited to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or sales price and have an initial contractual loan amortization period ranging from three to 20 years. Interest rates and payments on these loans typically adjust after an initial fixed-rate period, which is generally between three and ten years. Interest rates and payments on adjustable-rate loans are adjusted to a rate based on the United States Treasury Bill Index. Almost all the Bank’s commercial real estate loans are secured by real estate located in the Bank’s primary market area. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the largest outstanding commercial real estate loans were $21.5 million and $21.8 million, respectively, which were secured by commercial real estate and performing according to their terms.

 

Loans secured by commercial real estate are larger and involve greater risks than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by such properties are often dependent on the successful operation of the business or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. As a result of the greater emphasis that the Bank places on increasing its portfolio of commercial real estate loans, the Bank is increasingly exposed to the risks posed by this type of lending. To monitor cash flows on income properties, the Bank requires borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on multi-family or commercial real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, the Bank considers the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability, and the value of the underlying property, as well as the borrower’s global cash flows.

 

If a determination is made that there is a potential environmental hazard, the Bank will complete an Environmental Assessment Checklist. If this checklist or the appraisal indicates potential issues, a Phase 1 environmental survey will generally be required.

 

Residential First Mortgage Loans

 

Residential first mortgage loans are generally long-term loans, amortized on a monthly or bi-weekly basis, with principal and interest due each payment. These loans are secured by owner-occupied single-family homes. The initial contractual loan payment period for residential loans typically ranges from ten to 30 years. The Bank’s experience indicates that residential real estate loans remain outstanding for significantly shorter time periods than their contractual terms. Borrowers may refinance or prepay loans at their option, without penalty.

 

The Company stopped originating owner-occupied residential first mortgages in April 2015 and established third-party sources to fund its residential whole loan portfolio. It has been the Bank’s practice to buy residential first mortgages from only other financial institutions. The third-party sources allow the Company to maintain a well-diversified residential portfolio while addressing the credit needs of the communities in its footprint. The Bank’s practice has been to purchase individual residential first mortgage loans as well as the right to service the loans acquired.

 

Total fixed-rate loans in our residential first mortgage portfolio amounted to $102.5 million and $113.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Fixed-rate loans may be packaged and sold to investors or retained in the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Bank generally retains the right to service loans sold for a payment based upon a percentage (generally 0.25% of the outstanding loan balance). As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Bank serviced $38.1 million and $43.7 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans for others.

 

Adjustable mortgages are generally adjustable on one-, three- and five-year terms with limitations on upward adjustments per re-pricing period and an upward cap over the life of the loan. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Bank had $54.2 million and $56.9 million, respectively, in adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans.

 

  3  

 

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the largest outstanding residential first mortgage loans were $2.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively, which were secured by residences located in the Bank’s market area. The loans were performing according to terms.

 

Residential first mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% generally carry private mortgage insurance to lower the Bank’s exposure to approximately 80% of the value of the property. The Bank had fewer than 10 loans with private mortgage insurance at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

All improved real estate that serves as security for a loan made by the Bank must be insured, in the amount and by such companies as may be approved by the Bank, against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and other hazards. Such insurance must be maintained through the entire term of the loan and in an amount not less than that amount necessary to pay the Bank’s indebtedness in full.

 

Longer-term fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans are subject to greater interest-rate risk due to term and annual and lifetime limitations on interest rate adjustments. There are also credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of repricing of adjustable-rate mortgage loans. During periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest cost to the borrower.  

 

Residential Rentals

 

Residential rental mortgage loans are amortizing, with principal and interest due each month. These loans are non-owner occupied and secured by income-producing 1-4 family units and apartments. The Bank originates both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential rental first mortgages. Loans secured by residential rental properties are generally limited to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or sales price at origination and have initial contractual loan payments period ranging from three to 20 years. The primary securities on a residential rental loan are the property and the leases that produce income.

 

Total fixed-rate loans in our residential rental mortgage portfolio amounted to $26.9 million and $16.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Bank had $97.4 million and $93.4 million, respectively, in adjustable-rate residential rental mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, $96.6 million and $85.0 million, respectively, were 1-4 family units and $27.7 million and $25.2 million, respectively, were apartment buildings.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the largest outstanding residential rental mortgage loan was $10.0 million and $10.2 million, respectively, which was secured by over 120 single family homes located in the Bank’s market area. The loan was performing according to its terms at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Loans secured by residential rental properties involve greater risks than 1-4 family residential mortgage loans. Although, there are similar risk characteristics shared with commercial real estate loans, the balances for the loans secured by residential rental properties are generally smaller. Because payments on loans secured by residential rental properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the rental real estate market or the economy than similar owner-occupied properties.

 

Construction and Land Development Loans

 

The Bank offers loans to home builders for the construction of one- to four-family dwellings. Construction loans totaled $11.8 million and $8.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Generally, these loans are secured by the real estate under construction as well as by guarantees of the principals involved. Draws are made upon satisfactory completion of predefined stages of construction. The Bank will typically lend up to 80% of the lower of appraised value or the contract purchase price of the homes to be constructed. In addition, the Bank offers loans to acquire and develop land, as well as loans on undeveloped, subdivided lots for home building by individuals. Land acquisition and development loans totaled $17.9 million and $19.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Bank policy requires that zoning and permits must be in place prior to making development loans. The Bank typically lends up to the lower of 75% of the appraised value or cost. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the largest outstanding construction and land development loans were $2.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively, which were secured by land in the Bank’s market area.

 

  4  

 

 

The Bank’s ability to originate residential construction and development loans is heavily dependent on the continued demand for single-family housing in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s investment in these loans has declined in recent years. Construction and land development loans as a percentage of the Bank’s portfolio have been decreasing since the 2008 financial crisis. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017 residential construction and development loans as a percentage of the total loans were 2.2% and 2.4%, respectively. If the demand for new houses being built from smaller builders in the Bank’s market areas continues to decline, this portion of the loan portfolio may continue to decline. In addition, a decline in demand for new housing might adversely affect the ability of borrowers to repay these loans.

 

Construction and land development loans are inherently riskier than providing financing on owner-occupied real estate. The Bank’s risk of loss is affected by the accuracy of the initial estimate of the market value of the completed project as well as estimates to complete the project. In addition, the volatility of the real estate market makes it increasingly difficult to ensure that the valuation of land associated with these loans is accurate. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, the Bank may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the development. If the estimate of completed value proves to be inaccurate, the Bank may be confronted, at or before the maturity of the loan, with a project having a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment. As a result of these factors, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the Bank forecloses on a project, the Bank may not be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs.

 

Home Equity and Second Mortgage Loans

 

The Bank maintains a portfolio of home equity and second mortgage loans. Home equity loans, which totaled $34.6 million and $20.0 million, respectively at December 31, 2018 and 2017, are generally made in the form of lines of credit and have terms of up to 20 years, variable rates priced at the then current Wall Street Journal prime rate plus a margin, and require an 80% or 90% loan-to-value ratio (including any prior liens), depending on the specific loan program. The $14.6 million increase at December 31, 2018 compared to the prior year end was primarily due to the acquisition of County First Bank in January 2018.

 

Second mortgage loans, which totaled $920,000 and $1.4 million, respectively at December 31, 2018 and 2017, are fixed or variable-rate loans that have original terms between five and 15 years. These products contain a higher risk of default than residential first mortgages as in the event of foreclosure, the first mortgage must be paid off prior to collection of the second mortgage. This risk is heightened as the market value of residential property has not fully returned to pre-financial crisis levels and interest rates began to increase in 2017.

 

Commercial Loans

 

The Bank offers commercial loans to its business customers. The Bank offers a variety of commercial loan products including term loans and lines of credit. The portfolio consists primarily of demand loans and lines of credit. Such loans can be made for terms of up to five years. However, most of the loans are originated for a term of two years or less. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans (typically tied to the then current Wall Street Journal prime rate plus a margin with a floor) under these product lines. Commercial loans remain an important class of the Bank’s loan portfolio. At $71.7 million and 5.3% of total loans and $56.4 million and 4.9% of total loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, the commercial loan portfolio increased $15.3 million compared to the prior year end balance.

 

When making commercial business loans, the Bank considers the borrower’s financial condition, global cash flows, ability to service the debt, payment history of both corporate and personal debt, the projected cash flows of the business, the viability of the industry in which the borrower operates and the value of the collateral. These loans are primarily secured by equipment, real property, accounts receivable or other security as determined by the Bank. The higher interest rates and shorter loan terms available on commercial lending make these products attractive to the Bank.

 

Commercial business loans entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial loans are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. In the case of business failure, collateral would need to be liquidated to provide repayment for the loan. In many cases, the highly specialized nature of collateral would make full recovery from the sale of collateral unlikely. The Bank controls these risks by establishing guidelines that provide for loans with low loan-to-value ratios. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the largest outstanding commercial loans were $4.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively, which were secured by commercial real estate (all of which were located in the Bank’s market area), cash and investments. These loans were performing according to terms at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

  5  

 

 

Consumer Loans

 

The Bank has consumer loans secured by automobiles, boats, recreational vehicles and trucks. The Bank also makes home improvement loans and offers both secured and unsecured personal lines of credit. Consumer loans totaled $751,000 and $573,000, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Consumer loans entail greater risk from other loan types due to being secured by rapidly depreciating assets or the reliance on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.

 

Commercial Equipment Loans

 

The Bank also maintains an amortizing commercial portfolio consisting primarily of commercial equipment loans. Commercial equipment loans totaled $50.2 million and $35.9 million, or 3.7% and 3.1% of the total loan portfolio, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017. These loans consist primarily of fixed-rate, short-term loans collateralized by customers’ equipment including trucks, cars, construction and other more specialized equipment. When making commercial equipment loans, the Bank considers the same factors it considers when underwriting a commercial business loan. The higher interest rates and shorter repayment terms available on commercial equipment lending make these products attractive to the Bank. These loans entail greater risk than loans such as residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable. Commercial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. In the case of business failure, collateral must be liquidated to provide repayment for the loan. In many cases, the highly specialized nature of collateral equipment would make full recovery from the sale of collateral problematic. The Bank assesses the amount of collateral required for a loan based upon the borrowers’ credit worthiness.

 

Loan Portfolio Analysis

 

Set forth below is selected data relating to the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by type of loan on the dates indicated.

 

    At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  
                                                             
Commercial real estate   $ 878,016       65.18 %   $ 727,314       63.25 %   $ 667,105       61.25 %   $ 538,888       58.64 %   $ 485,601       55.68 %
Residential first mtgs.     156,709       11.63 %     170,374       14.81 %     171,004       15.70 %     131,401       14.30 %     146,539       16.80 %
Residential rentals (1)     124,298       9.23 %     110,228       9.58 %     101,897       9.36 %     93,157       10.14 %     81,777       9.38 %
Construction and land dev.     29,705       2.21 %     27,871       2.42 %     36,934       3.39 %     36,189       3.94 %     36,370       4.17 %
Home equity and second mtgs.     35,561       2.64 %     21,351       1.86 %     21,399       1.97 %     21,716       2.36 %     21,452       2.46 %
Commercial loans     71,680       5.32 %     56,417       4.91 %     50,484       4.64 %     67,246       7.32 %     73,625       8.44 %
Consumer loans     751       0.06 %     573       0.05 %     422       0.04 %     366       0.04 %     613       0.07 %
Commercial equipment     50,202       3.73 %     35,916       3.12 %     39,737       3.65 %     29,931       3.26 %     26,152       3.00 %
Total Loans     1,346,922       100.00 %     1,150,044       100.00 %     1,088,982       100.00 %     918,894       100.00 %     872,129       100.00 %
Deferred loan fees and premiums     (1,183 )             (1,086 )             (397 )             1,154               1,239          
Allowance for loan losses     10,976               10,515               9,860               8,540               8,481          
Loans receivable, net   $ 1,337,129             $ 1,140,615             $ 1,079,519             $ 909,200             $ 862,409          

 

(1) Loans secured by residential rental property were included in the residential first mortgage and commercial real estate loan portfolios prior to a reclassification in 2016. Comparative financial information was reclassified to conform to the classification presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements at and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

  6  

 

 

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the average balances outstanding and average interest yields for each major category of loans.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
                                                             
    Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average  
dollars in thousands   Balance     Yield     Balance     Yield     Balance     Yield     Balance     Yield     Balance     Yield  
Commercial real estate   $ 833,355       4.61 %   $ 699,349       4.42 %   $ 602,648       4.50 %   $ 518,329       4.64 %   $ 460,014       4.84 %
Residential first mtgs.     162,505       3.69 %     176,186       3.77 %     151,366       3.99 %     134,728       4.35 %     148,367       4.43 %
Residential rentals (1)     126,491       4.91 %     106,000       4.62 %     96,611       4.69 %     88,251       4.63 %     75,104       4.65 %
Construction and land dev.     28,489       5.56 %     33,798       4.96 %     36,938       4.58 %     37,665       4.99 %     29,921       4.68 %
Home equity and second mtgs.     37,862       5.26 %     21,515       4.38 %     21,781       4.08 %     21,332       4.09 %     21,426       4.21 %
Commercial (2)     103,537       5.30 %     86,871       5.21 %     87,705       5.27 %     81,957       5.61 %     92,199       5.21 %
Consumer loans     798       6.77 %     477       7.76 %     397       8.56 %     465       8.82 %     701       7.99 %
Allowance for loan losses     (10,745 )     n/a       (10,374 )     n/a       (9,157 )     n/a       (8,541 )     n/a       (8,351 )     n/a  
Net Average Loans   $ 1,282,292       4.66 %   $ 1,113,822       4.45 %   $ 988,289       4.55 %   $ 874,186       4.73 %   $ 819,381       4.82 %

 

(1) Loans secured by residential rental property were included in the residential first mortgage and commercial real estate loan portfolios prior to a reclassification in 2016. Comparative financial information was reclassified to conform to the classification presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements at and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

(2) Includes both commercial loans and commercial equipment loans.

 

Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales

 

The Bank solicits loan applications through marketing by commercial loan officers, its branch network, and referrals from customers. Loans are processed and approved according to guidelines established by the Bank. Loan requirements such as income verification, collateral appraisal, and credit reports vary by loan type. Additionally, residential mortgages are purchased from third-party providers after reviewing loan documents, underwriting support, and completing other procedures, as necessary. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank purchased residential first mortgages of $11.0 million and $25.5 million, respectively.

 

Loan processing functions are generally centralized except for small consumer loans. Depending on market conditions, residential mortgage loans may be classified with the intent to sell to third parties such as FHLMC. The Company sold no residential mortgage loans for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company sold the guaranteed portion of a U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loan for proceeds of $2.8 million and recognized a gain of $294,000.

 

To comply with internal and regulatory limits on loans to one borrower, the Bank may sell portions of commercial, commercial real estate and commercial construction loans to other lenders. The Bank’s sold participated loans with other lenders at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $24.6 million and $9.6 million, respectively. The Bank may also buy loans, portions of loans, or participation certificates from other lenders to limit overall exposure and to ensure that all participants remain below internal and regulatory limits. The Bank only purchases loans or portions of loans after reviewing loan documents, underwriting support, and completing other procedures, as necessary.

 

The Bank participates in commercial, commercial real estate and commercial construction loans. The Bank’s purchased participation loans from other lenders at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $11.9 million and $6.3 million, respectively. Purchased participation loans are subject to the same regulatory and internal policy requirements as other loans in the Bank’s portfolio as described below.

 

  7  

 

 

Loan Approvals, Procedures and Authority

 

Loan approval authority is established by Board policy. The Officer’s Loan Committee (OLC) consists of the following members of the Bank’s executive management; the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), President and Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”), Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) and the Chief Lending Officer (“CLO”). In addition, the OLC includes the Senior Credit Officer (“SCO”) and Senior Loan Officers (“SLO’s”). The OLC must have three (3) members of Executive Management approve all loans presented above individual loan authorities granted to the SCO and the SLOs. The SCO and SLOs have individual loan authority up to $1.0 million and $750,000, respectively. Loan approval authorities vary by individual. The individual lending authority of the other lenders is set by management and is based on their individual abilities.

 

All loans and loan relationships that exceed the Bank’s in-house lending limit are required to be approved by at least three (3) members of the Bank’s Credit Risk Committee (“CRC”). In addition, the Board of Directors or the CRC approve all loans required to be approved by regulation, such as Regulation O loans or commercial loans to employees. The in-house lending guideline is approved by the Board on an annual basis or as needed if more frequently and is less than the Bank’s legal lending limit.

 

Depending on the loan and collateral type, conditions for protecting the Bank’s collateral are specified in the loan documents. Typically, these conditions might include requirements to maintain hazard and title insurance and to pay property taxes.

 

The Credit Risk Committee of the Board, consisting of three or more directors, assists the Board in its oversight responsibilities. The Committee reviews the Bank’s credit risk management, including the significant policies, procedures and practices employed to manage credit risk, and provides recommendations to the Board and strategic guidance to management on the assumption, management and mitigation of credit risk.

 

Loans to One Borrower

 

Under Maryland law, the maximum amount that the Bank is permitted to lend to any one borrower and his or her related interests may generally not exceed 10% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus, which is defined to include the Bank’s capital, surplus, retained earnings and 50% of its reserve for possible loan losses. Under this authority, the Bank would have been permitted to lend up to $19.1 million and $14.4 million, respectively, to any one borrower at December 31, 2018 and 2017. By interpretive ruling of the Maryland Commissioner, Maryland banks have the option of lending up to the amount that would be permissible for a national bank, which is generally 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus (defined to include a bank’s total capital for regulatory capital purposes plus any loan loss allowances not included in regulatory capital). Under this formula, the Bank would have been permitted to lend up to $29.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively, to any one borrower at December 31, 2018 and 2017. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the largest amount outstanding to any one borrower and borrower’s related interests was $25.7 million and $21.8 million, respectively.

 

Loan Commitments

 

The Bank does not normally negotiate standby commitments for the construction and purchase of real estate. The Bank’s outstanding commitments to originate loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were approximately $56.8 million and $63.5 million, respectively, excluding undisbursed portions of loans in process. It has been the Bank’s experience that few commitments expire unfunded. 

 

Maturity of Loan Portfolio

 

See Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the dollar amount of loans maturing in the Bank’s portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity as of December 31, 2018. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.

 

Asset Classification

 

Federal regulations and our policies require that we utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting on asset quality. We use an internal asset classification system, substantially consistent with Federal banking regulations, as a part of our credit monitoring system. Federal banking regulations set forth a classification scheme for problem and potential problem assets as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of these categories but possess weaknesses are required to be designated “special mention.”

 

  8  

 

 

When an insured institution classifies assets as “substandard” or “doubtful,” it is required that a specific valuation allowance for loan losses be established in an amount deemed prudent by management. When an insured institution classifies assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount.

 

The table below sets forth information on our classified assets and assets designated special mention at the dates indicated. Classified and special mention assets include loans, securities and other real estate owned.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31
2018
    December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 
Classified assets                                        
Substandard   $ 40,819     $ 50,298     $ 39,109     $ 42,485     $ 54,022  
Doubtful     -       -       137       861       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -  
Total classified assets     40,819       50,298       39,246       43,346       54,022  
Special mention assets     -       96       -       1,642       5,460  
    $ 40,819     $ 50,394     $ 39,246     $ 44,988     $ 59,482  

 

Delinquencies

 

The Bank’s collection procedures provide that when a loan is 15 days delinquent, the borrower is contacted, and payment is requested. If the delinquency continues, efforts will be made to contact the delinquent borrower and obtain payment. If these efforts prove unsuccessful, the Bank will pursue appropriate legal action including repossession of the collateral. In certain instances, the Bank will attempt to modify the loan or grant a limited moratorium on loan payments to enable the borrower to reorganize borrower’s financial affairs. For an analysis of past due loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, refer to Note 7 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Impaired Loans

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Bank evaluates substandard classified loans on an individualized basis to determine whether a loan is impaired. Classified doubtful and loss loans, loans delinquent 90 days or greater, non-accrual loans and troubled debt restructures (“TDRs”) are generally considered impaired (See Notes 1 and 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

Factors considered by management in determining impaired status include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the circumstances surrounding the loan. These circumstances include the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Loans not impaired are included in the pool of loans evaluated in the general component of the allowance.

 

If a specific loan is deemed to be impaired, it is evaluated for impairment. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans using one of three acceptable methods: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. For loans that have an impairment, a specific allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than carrying value of that loan.

 

TDRs are loans that have been modified to provide for a reduction or a delay in the payment of either interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. A loan extended or renewed at a stated interest rate equal to the current interest rate for new debt with similar risk is not considered a TDR. Once an obligation has been classified as a TDR it continues to be considered a TDR until paid in full or until the debt is refinanced and considered unimpaired. All TDRs are considered impaired and are evaluated for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis. The Company does not participate in any specific government or Company-sponsored loan modification programs. All restructured loan agreements are individual contracts negotiated with a borrower.

 

  9  

 

 

Specific loan loss reserves of $1.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, related to impaired loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The following table sets forth information with respect to the Bank’s impaired loans at the dates indicated. The table includes a breakdown between impaired loans with and without an allowance:

 

    December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
Recorded investment with no allowance   $ 32,813     $ 39,028     $ 26,436     $ 35,171     $ 45,587  
Recorded investment with allowance     4,067       4,226       8,924       4,066       4,122  
                                         
Total impaired loans   $ 36,880     $ 43,254     $ 35,360     $ 39,237     $ 49,709  
                                         
Specific allocations of allowance   $ 1,180     $ 1,024     $ 1,289     $ 1,608     $ 451  
                                         
Interest income recognized   $ 1,693     $ 1,829     $ 1,309     $ 1,366     $ 1,841  

 

For additional information regarding impaired loans by class at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, refer to Note 7 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Management closely monitors the payment activity of all its loans. Management periodically reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses based on an analysis of the size and composition of the loan portfolio; the Bank’s historical loss experience; trends in delinquency, non-performing, classified loans and charge-offs; as well as economic conditions and the regulatory environment. Loan losses are charged off against the allowance when individual loans are deemed uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management believes it has established its existing allowance for loan losses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and is in compliance with appropriate regulatory guidelines. However, the establishment of the level of the allowance for loan losses is highly subjective and dependent on incomplete information as to the ultimate disposition of loans. Accordingly, actual losses may vary from the amounts estimated. Additionally, our regulators as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase or decrease the allowance for loan losses, thereby affecting the Bank’s financial condition and earnings. For a more complete discussion of the allowance for loan losses, see the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Critical Accounting Policies” and Notes 1 and 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The following table allocates the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated. The allocation of the allowance to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.

 

    At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     % (1)     Amount     % (1)     Amount     % (1)     Amount     % (1)     Amount     % (1)  
                                                             
Commercial real estate   $ 6,882       65.18 %   $ 6,451       63.25 %   $ 5,212       61.25 %   $ 3,465       58.64 %   $ 3,528       55.68 %
Residential first mtgs.     755       11.63 %     1,144       14.81 %     1,406       15.70 %     584       14.30 %     1,047       16.80 %
Residential rentals (2)     498       9.23 %     512       9.58 %     362       9.36 %     538       10.14 %     593       9.38 %
Construction and land dev.     310       2.21 %     462       2.42 %     941       3.39 %     1,103       3.94 %     1,071       4.17 %
Home equity and second mtgs.     133       2.64 %     162       1.86 %     138       1.97 %     142       2.36 %     173       2.46 %
Commercial loans     1,482       5.32 %     1,013       4.91 %     794       4.64 %     1,477       7.32 %     1,677       8.44 %
Consumer loans     6       0.06 %     7       0.05 %     3       0.04 %     2       0.04 %     3       0.07 %
Commercial equipment     910       3.73 %     764       3.12 %     1,004       3.65 %     1,229       3.26 %     389       3.00 %
Total allowance for loan losses   $ 10,976       100.00 %   $ 10,515       100.00 %   $ 9,860       100.00 %   $ 8,540       100.00 %   $ 8,481       100.00 %

 

(1) Percent of loans in each category to total loans

 

(2) Loans secured by residential rental property were included in the residential first mortgage and commercial real estate loan portfolios prior to a reclassification in 2016. Comparative financial information was reclassified to conform to the classification presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements at and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

  10  

 

 

The following table sets forth an analysis of activity in the Bank’s allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

    At December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
                               
Balance at beginning of period   $ 10,515     $ 9,860     $ 8,540     $ 8,481     $ 8,138  
Charge-offs:                                        
Commercial real estate     268       217       -       78       195  
Residential first mtgs.     115       -       -       30       94  
Residential rentals (1)     84       42       14       -       155  
Construction and land dev.     -       26       526       -       992  
Home equity and second mtgs.     7       14       -       100       59  
Commercial loans     94       13       594       432       1,134  
Consumer loans     2       2       1       -       3  
Commercial equipment     647       168       34       818       10  
Total Charge-offs     1,217       482       1,169       1,458       2,642  
Recoveries:                                        
Commercial real estate     10       63       58       17       11  
Residential first mtgs.     -       -       -       1       186  
Residential rentals (1)     -       -       -       -          
Construction and land dev.     -       -       1       32       84  
Home equity and second mtgs.     18       1       5       -       10  
Commercial loans     189       1       18       11       5  
Consumer loans     -       -       -       -       11  
Commercial equipment     56       62       48       23       25  
Total Recoveries     273       127       130       84       332  
Net Charge-offs     944       355       1,039       1,374       2,310  
Provision for Loan Losses     1,405       1,010       2,359       1,433       2,653  
Balance at end of period   $ 10,976     $ 10,515     $ 9,860     $ 8,540     $ 8,481  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     0.81 %     0.91 %     0.91 %     0.93 %     0.97 %
Net charge-offs to average loans     0.07 %     0.03 %     0.11 %     0.16 %     0.28 %

 

(1) Loans secured by residential rental property were included in the residential first mortgage and commercial real estate loan portfolios prior to a reclassification in 2016. Comparative financial information was reclassified to conform to the classification presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements at and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

Non-performing Assets

 

The Bank’s non-performing assets include other real estate owned, non-accrual loans and TDRs. Both non-accrual and TDR loans include loans that are paid current and are performing in accordance with the term of their original or modified contract terms. For a detailed discussion on asset quality see the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Asset Quality.”

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

 

Real estate acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as foreclosed real estate until such time as it is sold. When such property is acquired, it is recorded at its estimated fair value. Subsequently, OREO is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Additional write-downs as well as carrying expenses of the foreclosed properties are charged to expenses in the current period. The Bank had foreclosed real estate with a carrying value of approximately $8.1 million and $9.3 million, respectively at December 31, 2018 and 2017. For a discussion of the accounting for foreclosed real estate, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies - Other Real Estate Owned” and Notes 1 and 9 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  11  

 

 

Non-accrual Loans

 

Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed on non-accrual status when the collection of additional interest is doubtful. The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged-off no later than 90 days past due. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Non-accrual loans are evaluated for impairment on a loan by loan basis in accordance with the Company’s impairment methodology.

 

All interest accrued but not collected from loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Non-accrual loans include certain loans that are current with all loan payments and are placed on non-accrual status due to customer operating results or cash flows. Interest is recognized on non-accrual loans on a cash-basis if there is no impairment. For a discussion of the accounting for non-accrual loans, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Asset Quality” and Notes 1 and 7 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  12  

 

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the Bank’s non-performing assets. There were no loans 90 days or more past due that were still accruing interest at the dates indicated.

 

    December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
Non-accrual loans:                                        
Commercial real estate   $ 14,632     $ 1,987     $ 2,371     $ 2,875     $ 3,824  
Residential first mtgs.     1,374       985       623       1,948       533  
Residential rentals (3)     963       825       577       605       -  
Construction and land dev.     -       -       3,048       3,555       3,634  
Home equity and second mtgs.     147       257       61       48       399  
Commercial loans     866       172       1,044       2,054       1,587  
Consumer loans     -       -       -       -       -  
Commercial equipment     1,300       467       650       348       286  
Total non-accrual loans (1)     19,282       4,693       8,374       11,433       10,263  
                                         
OREO     8,111       9,341       7,763       9,449       5,883  
                                         
TDRs: (2)                                        
Commercial real estate     5,612       9,273       9,587       9,839       10,438  
Residential first mtgs.     66       527       545       881       906  
Residential rentals (3)     216       221       227       2,058          
Construction and land dev.     729       729       3,777       4,283       4,376  
Home equity and second mtgs.     -       -       872       -       -  
Commercial loans     53       4       -       1,384       2,262  
Commercial equipment     29       36       113       123       154  
Total TDRs     6,705       10,790       15,121       18,568       18,136  
Total Accrual TDRs     6,676       10,021       10,448       13,133       13,249  
                                         
Total non-accrual loans, OREO and Accrual TDRs   $ 34,069     $ 24,055     $ 26,585     $ 34,015     $ 29,395  
                                         
Interest income due at stated rates, but not recognized on non-accruals   $ 537     $ 185     $ 1,103     $ 987     $ 845  
                                         
Non-accrual loans to total loans     1.43 %     0.41 %     0.77 %     1.24 %     1.18 %
Non-accrual loans and Accrual TDRs to total loans (2)     1.93 %     1.28 %     1.73 %     2.67 %     2.70 %
Non-accrual loans, OREO and Accrual TDRs to total assets (2)     2.02 %     1.71 %     1.99 %     2.98 %     2.71 %

 

(1) Non-accrual loans include all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent and loans that are non-accrual due to the operating results or cash flows of a customer.

 

(2) TDR loans include both non-accrual and accruing performing loans. All TDR loans are included in the calculation of asset quality financial ratios. Non-accrual TDR loans are included in the non-accrual balance and accruing TDR loans are included in the accruing TDR balance.

 

(3) Loans secured by residential rental property were included in the residential first mortgage and commercial real estate loan portfolios prior to a reclassification in 2016. Comparative financial information was reclassified to conform to the classification presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

  13  

 

 

Investment Activities

 

The Bank maintains a portfolio of investment securities to provide liquidity as well as a source of earnings. The Bank’s investment securities portfolio consists primarily of asset-backed mortgage-backed (“MBS”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and other securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), including FNMA and FHLMC. The Bank also has smaller holdings of privately issued mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Treasury obligations, and other equity and debt securities. The Bank is required to maintain investments in the Federal Home Loan Bank based upon levels of borrowings.

 

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio and FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank stock at the dates indicated. HTM securities and FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank stock are carried at amortized cost and AFS securities are carried at fair value. At December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, their estimated fair value was $222.2 million, $173.6 million, $168.3 million, $151.4 million, and $133.3 million, respectively. On April 18, 2016, the Bank terminated its membership in the Federal Reserve System and cancelled its stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond effective as of that date.

 

    At December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
Asset-backed securities:                                        
Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae   $ 186,424     $ 135,142     $ 136,206     $ 138,267     $ 119,762  
U.S. Agencies     22,383       21,177       16,889       -       -  
Other     482       651       884       1,093       1,472  
Total asset-backed securities     209,289       156,970       153,979       139,360       121,234  
Corporate equity securities     209       121       121       121       121  
Bond mutual funds     4,428       4,423       4,329       4,305       4,240  
Callable GSE Agency Bonds     5,009       5,017       3,001       -       -  
Certificates of Deposit Fixed     950       -       -       -       -  
Treasury bills     999       1,000       850       750       850  
Total investment securities     220,884       167,531       162,280       144,536       126,445  
FHLB and FRB stock     3,821       7,276       7,235       6,931       6,434  
Total investment securities and FHLB and FRB stock   $ 224,705     $ 174,807     $ 169,515     $ 151,467     $ 132,879  

 

  14  

 

 

The maturities and weighted average yields for investment securities available for sale (“AFS”) and held to maturity (“HTM”) at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are shown below.

 

    One year or Less     After One
Through Five Years
    After Five
Through Ten Years
    After Ten Years  
December 31, 2018   Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average  
(dollars in thousands)   Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield  
AFS Investment securities:                                                                
Asset-backed securities   $ 19,719       2.73 %   $ 59,732       2.77 %   $ 33,788       2.84 %   $ 9,285       2.96 %
Total AFS investment securities   $ 19,719       2.73 %   $ 59,732       2.77 %   $ 33,788       2.84 %   $ 9,285       2.96 %
                                                                 
HTM Investment securities:                                                                
Asset-backed securities   $ 18,912       2.67 %   $ 41,013       2.68 %   $ 22,422       2.70 %   $ 11,975       2.66 %
Certificates of Deposit Fixed     950       1.69 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %
U.S. government obligations     999       2.11 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %
Total HTM investment securities   $ 20,861       2.60 %   $ 41,013       2.68 %   $ 22,422       2.70 %   $ 11,975       2.66 %

 

    One year or Less     After One
Through Five Years
    After Five
Through Ten Years
    After Ten Years  
December 31, 2017   Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average  
(dollars in thousands)   Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield  
AFS Investment securities:                                                                
Asset-backed securities   $ 9,852       2.47 %   $ 28,832       2.46 %   $ 20,358       2.50 %   $ 6,369       2.59 %
Mutual funds     4,397       1.97 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %
Total AFS investment securities   $ 14,249       2.32 %   $ 28,832       2.46 %   $ 20,358       2.50 %   $ 6,369       2.59 %
                                                                 
HTM Investment securities:                                                                
Asset-backed securities   $ 18,722       2.57 %   $ 41,433       2.59 %   $ 25,309       2.63 %   $ 12,782       2.64 %
U.S. government obligations     1,000       1.10 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %
Total HTM investment securities   $ 19,722       2.50 %   $ 41,433       2.59 %   $ 25,309       2.63 %   $ 12,782       2.64 %

 

The Bank’s investment policy provides that securities that will be held for indefinite periods of time, including securities that will be used as part of the Bank’s asset/liability management strategy and that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayments and similar factors are classified as available for sale and accounted for at fair value. Held to maturity (HTM”) securities are reported at amortized cost. HTM securities are classified as such based on management’s intent and ability to hold these securities until maturity. Certain of the Company’s asset-backed securities are issued by private issuers (defined as an issuer that is not a government or a government-sponsored entity). The Company had no investments in any private issuer’s securities that aggregate to more than 10% of the Company’s equity. For a discussion of investments see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Asset Quality” and Notes 1 and 6 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Deposits and Other Sources of Funds

 

General

 

The funds needed by the Bank to make loans are primarily generated by deposit accounts solicited from its market area. Total deposits were $1,429.6 million and $1,106.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The Company uses brokered deposits and borrowings to supplement funding when loan growth exceeds core deposit growth and for asset-liability management purposes. Brokered deposits at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $53.1 million and $118.9 million, respectively. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) long-term debt and short-term borrowings (“advances”) at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $55.4 million and $143.0 million, respectively. Wholesale funding, which includes brokered deposits and FHLB advances, decreased $153.4 million from $261.9 million (18.7% of assets) at December 31, 2017 to $108.5 million (6.4% of assets) at December 31, 2018.

 

  15  

 

 

Reciprocal deposits are used to maximize FDIC insurance available to our customers. Reciprocal deposits at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $234.9 million and $92.9 million, respectively. During 2018, revisions to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act determined that reciprocal deposits are core deposits and are not considered brokered deposits unless they exceed 20% of a bank’s liabilities or $5.0 billion.

 

Deposits

 

The Bank’s deposit products include savings, money market, demand deposit, IRA, SEP, and time deposit accounts. Variations in service charges, terms and interest rates are used to target specific markets. Products and services for deposit customers include safe deposit boxes, night depositories, cash vaults, automated clearinghouse transactions, wire transfers, ATMs, online and telephone banking, retail and business mobile banking, remote deposit capture, FDIC insured reciprocal deposits, merchant card services, credit monitoring, investment services, positive pay, payroll services, account reconciliation, bill pay, credit cards and lockbox. The Bank is a member of ACCEL, Master Card, Cirrus, Allpoint and Star ATM networks.

 

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the average balances outstanding and average interest rates for each major category of deposits.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
    Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate  
Savings   $ 73,268       0.08 %   $ 53,560       0.05 %   $ 48,878       0.08 %   $ 44,963       0.10 %   $ 40,104       0.10 %
Interest-bearing demand and money                                                                                
market accounts     584,341       0.69 %     419,817       0.35 %     380,592       0.30 %     322,717       0.28 %     281,960       0.27 %
Certificates of deposit     452,494       1.46 %     443,181       1.00 %     409,621       0.86 %     378,179       0.85 %     389,641       0.97 %
Total interest-bearing deposits     1,110,103       0.96 %     916,558       0.65 %     839,091       0.56 %     745,859       0.56 %     711,705       0.64 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     217,897               154,225               142,116               120,527               100,783          
    $ 1,328,000       0.80 %   $ 1,070,783       0.56 %   $ 981,207       0.48 %   $ 866,386       0.48 %   $ 812,488       0.56 %

 

The following table indicates the amount of the Bank’s certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more and $250,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

  

    At December 31, 2018     At December 31, 2018  
Time Deposit Maturity Period   $100,000
or More
    $250,000
or More
 
(dollars in thousands)            
Three months or less   $ 42,517     $ 17,739  
Three through six months     39,258       20,948  
Six through twelve months     116,076       37,619  
Over twelve months     95,067       40,882  
Total   $ 292,918     $ 117,188  

  

    At December 31, 2017     At December 31, 2017  
Time Deposit Maturity Period   $100,000
or More
    $250,000
or More
 
(dollars in thousands)                
Three months or less   $ 88,714     $ 60,383  
Three through six months     54,590       37,497  
Six through twelve months     99,263       37,605  
Over twelve months     78,392       31,989  
Total   $ 320,959     $ 167,474  

 

Note 11 includes the scheduled contractual maturities of total certificates of deposits of $447.0 million and $451.6 million, respectively at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

  16  

 

 

The FDIC’s examination policies require that the Company monitor all customer deposit concentrations at or above 2% of total deposits. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $158.8 million which represented 11.1% of total deposits of $1,429.6 million. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $22.6 million which represented 2.0% of total deposits of $1,106.2 million. For a discussion of deposits, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liabilities” and Notes 1 and 11 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Borrowings

 

Deposits are the primary source of funds for the Bank’s lending and investment activities and for its general business purposes. The Bank uses advances from the FHLB of Atlanta to supplement the supply of funds it may lend and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are secured by the Bank’s stock in the FHLB, a portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and certain investments. Generally, the Bank’s ability to borrow from the FHLB of Atlanta is limited by its available collateral and also by an overall limitation of 30% of assets. Further, short-term credit facilities are available at the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and commercial banks. Long-term debt consists of adjustable-rate advances with rates based upon LIBOR, fixed-rate advances, and convertible advances. For a discussion of borrowing, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liabilities” and Notes 1, 12, 17 and 18 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

The Company has two direct subsidiaries other than the Bank. In July 2004, Tri-County Capital Trust I was established as a statutory trust under Delaware law as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company to issue trust preferred securities. Tri-County Capital Trust I issued $7.0 million of trust preferred securities on July 22, 2004. In June 2005, Tri-County Capital Trust II was also established as a statutory trust under Delaware law as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company to issue trust preferred securities. Tri-County Capital Trust II issued $5.0 million of trust preferred securities on June 15, 2005. For more information regarding these entities, see Note 17 in the Consolidated Financial Statements. In April 1997, the Bank formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Community Mortgage Corporation of Tri-County, to offer mortgage banking, brokerage, and other services to the public. This corporation is currently inactive.

 

  17  

 

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

Regulation of the Company

 

General

 

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to comprehensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board also has extensive enforcement authority over bank holding companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders, and to require that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

 

The following discussion summarizes certain of the regulations applicable to the Company but does not purport to be a complete description of such regulations and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations involved.

 

Acquisition of Control

 

A bank holding company, with certain exceptions, must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before (1) acquiring ownership or control of another bank or bank holding company if it would own or control more than 5% of such shares or (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging with another bank holding company. In evaluating such application, the Federal Reserve Board considers factors such as the financial condition and managerial resources of the companies involved, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served and competitive factors. Federal law provides that no person may acquire “control” of a bank holding company or insured bank without the approval of the appropriate federal regulator. Control is defined to mean direct or indirect ownership, control of 25% or more of any class of voting stock, control of the election of a majority of the bank’s directors or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquirer has or would have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the institution.

 

The Maryland Financial Institutions Code additionally prohibits any person from acquiring more than 10% of the outstanding shares of any class of securities of a bank or bank holding company or electing a majority of the directors or directing the management or policies of any such entity, without 60 days prior notice to the Commissioner. The Commissioner may deny approval of the acquisition if the Commissioner determines it to be anti-competitive or to threaten the safety or soundness of a banking institution.

 

Permissible Activities

 

A bank holding company is limited in its activities to banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. Other permitted non-bank activities have been identified as closely related to banking. Bank holding companies that are “well capitalized” and “well managed” and whose financial institution subsidiaries have satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act records can elect to become “financial holding companies,” which are permitted to engage in a broader range of financial activities than are permitted to bank holding companies. The Company has not opted to become a financial holding company.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity, or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary, when it has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company.

 

Dividend

 

The Federal Reserve Board has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Under the prompt corrective action regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.” See “Regulation of the Bank – Capital Adequacy.”

 

  18  

 

 

Sources of Strength

 

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength doctrine requiring bank holding companies to serve as a source of strength for their depository subsidiaries, by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress. The regulatory agencies are required, under the Act, to issue implementing regulations.

 

Stock Repurchases

 

The Company is required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption. This requirement does not apply to bank holding companies that are “well capitalized,” “well-managed” and are not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.

 

Capital Requirement

 

Bank holding companies are required to maintain on a consolidated basis, specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements, which generally apply to bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $1 billion or more, such as the Company, are substantially similar to those applicable to the Bank. See “– Regulation of the Bank – Capital Adequacy.” The Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to adopt consolidated capital requirements for holding companies that are equally as stringent as those applicable to the depository institution subsidiaries. That means that certain instruments that had previously been includable in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies, such as trust preferred securities, will no longer be eligible for inclusion. The revised capital requirements are subject to certain grandfathering and transition rules. The Company is currently considered a grandfathered institution under these rules.

 

Regulation of the Bank

 

General

 

The Bank is a Maryland commercial bank and its deposit accounts are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). On April 18, 2016, the Bank terminated its membership in the Federal Reserve System and cancelled its stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. Accordingly, as of that date, the Bank’s primary regulator became the FDIC. The Bank currently is subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Commissioner of Financial Regulation of the State of Maryland (the “Commissioner”) and the FDIC.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve System. The CFPB assumed responsibility for implementing federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function formerly handled by federal bank regulatory agencies. However, institutions of less than $10 billion, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection or fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to enforcement authority of their primary federal regulators.

 

The following discussion summarizes regulations applicable to the Bank but does not purport to be a complete description of such regulations and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations involved.

 

Capital Adequacy

 

On July 9, 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that revised their risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”).

 

On January 1, 2015, the Company and Bank became subject to the Basel III Capital Rules with full compliance with all of the final rules’ requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule, to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions compared to the previous U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Basel III Capital Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach. The Basel III Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules.

 

  19  

 

 

The Basel III Capital Rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio (“Min. Ratio”) of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer (“CCB”) is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer began being phased-in January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increases each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules. The final rules also revise the definition and calculation of Tier 1 capital, total capital, and risk-weighted assets.

 

In September 2017, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) proposed a rule intended to reduce regulatory burden by simplifying several requirements in the agencies’ regulatory capital rule. Most aspects of the proposed rule would apply only to banking organizations that are not subject to the “advanced approaches” in the capital rule, which are generally firms with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion in total foreign exposure. The proposal would simplify and clarify a number of the more complex aspects of the existing capital rule. Specifically, the proposed rule simplifies the capital treatment for certain acquisition, development, and construction loans, mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest. A final rule has not yet been issued.

 

In November 2018, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) issued a joint proposal that would simplify regulatory capital requirements for qualifying community banking organizations, as required by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act. The proposal would provide regulatory burden relief to qualifying community banking organizations by giving them an option to calculate a simple leverage ratio, rather than multiple measures of capital adequacy. Under the proposal, a community banking organization would be eligible to elect the community bank leverage ratio framework if it has less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, limited amounts of certain assets and off-balance sheet exposures, and a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9 percent. A qualifying community banking organization that has chosen the proposed framework would not be required to calculate the existing risk-based and leverage capital requirements. A firm would also be considered to have met the capital ratio requirements to be well capitalized for the agencies' prompt corrective action rules provided it has a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9 percent.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

 

Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For such purposes, the law establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

 

As a result of the Basel III Capital Rules (discussed further above), effective January 1, 2015, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, and a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater, and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement, or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater and generally a leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater. An institution is deemed to be “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5% or generally a leverage capital ratio of less than 4%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%. An institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

 

“Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth, capital distribution (including dividend), and other limitations, and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. An institution’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the bank’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” Significantly undercapitalized institutions are subject to one or more additional restrictions including, but not limited to, a regulatory order requiring them to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized; requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks, or dismiss directors or officers; and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers, and capital distributions by the parent holding company.

 

  20  

 

 

Beginning 60 days after becoming “critically undercapitalized,” critically undercapitalized institutions also may not make any payment of principal or interest on certain subordinated debt, extend credit for a highly leveraged transaction, or enter into any material transaction outside the ordinary course of business. In addition, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver is required for a critically undercapitalized institution within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

Branching

 

Maryland law provides that, with the approval of the Commissioner, Maryland banks may establish branches within Maryland and may establish branches in other states by any means permitted by the laws of such state or by federal law. The FDIC may approve interstate branching by merger in any state that did not opt out and de novo in states that specifically allow for such branching.

 

Dividend Limitations

 

Maryland banks may only pay cash dividends from undivided profits or, with the prior approval of the Commissioner, their surplus in excess of 100% of required capital stock. Maryland banks may not declare a stock dividend unless their surplus, after the increase in capital stock, is equal to at least 20% of the outstanding capital stock as increased. If the surplus of the bank, after the increase in capital stock, is less than 100% of its capital stock as increased, the commercial bank must annually transfer to surplus at least 10% of its net earnings until the surplus is 100% of its capital stock as increased.

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The deposit insurance per account owner is currently $250,000.

 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned. The initial base assessment rate ranges from three to 30 basis points. The rate schedules will automatically adjust in the future when the Deposit Insurance Fund reaches certain milestones. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or its prudential banking regulator. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

Pursuant to the FDIC’s examination policies, the Bank is required to actively monitor large deposit relationships and concentration risks. This includes monitoring deposit concentrations and maintaining fund management policies and strategies that take into account potentially volatile concentrations and significant deposits that mature simultaneously. The FDIC defines a large depositor as a customer or entity that owns or controls 2% or more of the Bank’s total deposits. Examiners are charged with considering the overall relationship between customers and the institution when assessing the volatility of large deposits, and key considerations include potential cash flow fluctuations, pledging requirements, affiliated relationships, and the narrow interest spreads that may be associated with large deposits. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $158.8 million which represented 11.1% of total deposits of $1,429.6 million. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $22.6 million which represented 2.0% of total deposits of $1,106.2 million.

 

Reserve Requirements

 

Under federal regulations, the Bank is required to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (NOW) and regular checking accounts). The regulations required that that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows for 2018: a 3% reserve ratio was assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $122.3 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $123.3 million. The first $16.0 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. The amounts are adjusted annually and, for 2019, will require a 3% ratio for up to $124.2 million and an exemption of $16.3 million. At December 31, 2018, the Bank met applicable reserve requirements.

 

  21  

 

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

A state nonmember bank, such as the Bank, is limited in the amount of “covered transactions” with any affiliate. Covered transactions must also be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the Bank or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar types of transactions. Certain covered transactions, such as loans to affiliates, must meet collateral requirements. At December 31, 2018, we had no transactions with affiliates.

 

Loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders of a state nonmember bank must be made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing for comparable transactions with persons who are not executive officers, directors, principal stockholders or employees of the bank. Loans to any executive officer, director and principal stockholder together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests generally may not exceed 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus and all loans to such persons may not exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders, and their respective affiliates, in excess of the greater of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus, or any loans cumulatively aggregating $500,000 or more, must be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the Bank with any “interested” director not participating in the voting. State nonmember banks are prohibited from paying the overdrafts of any of their executive officers or directors unless payment is made pursuant to a written, pre-authorized interest-bearing extension of credit plan that specifies a method of repayment or transfer of funds from another account at the Bank. In addition, loans to executive officers may not be made on terms more favorable than those afforded other borrowers and are restricted as to type, amount and terms of credit.

 

Enforcement

 

The Commissioner has extensive enforcement authority over Maryland banks. This includes the ability to issue cease and desist orders and civil money penalties and to remove directors or officers. The Commissioner may also take possession of a Maryland bank whose capital is impaired and seek to have a receiver appointed by a court.

 

The FDIC has primary federal enforcement responsibility over state banks under its jurisdiction, including the authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-related parties,” including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of capital directive or a cease and desist order for the removal of officers and/or directors, receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil money penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions and range up to $25,000 per day or even up to $1 million per day (in the most egregious cases). Criminal penalties for most financial institution crimes include fines of up to $1 million and imprisonment for up to 30 years.

 

Other Regulations

 

The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, including the:

 

¨ Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

¨ Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

 

¨ Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, requiring financial institutions to assist U.S. government agencies to detect and prevent money laundering;

 

¨ Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

                

¨ Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

  22  

 

 

  ¨ Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and

 

  ¨ Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of the Bank also are subject to laws such as the:

 

  ¨ Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

  ¨ Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

 

  ¨

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check. 

 

¨ Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act privacy statute which requires each depository institution to disclose its privacy policy, identify parties with whom certain nonpublic customer information is shared and provide customers with certain rights to “opt out” of disclosure to certain third parties;

 

¨ Title III of The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (referred to as the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which significantly expands the responsibilities of financial institutions in preventing the use of the United States financial system to fund terrorist activities. Among other things, the USA PATRIOT Act and the related regulations requires banks operating in the United States to develop anti-money laundering compliance programs, due diligence policies and controls to facilitate the detection and reporting of money laundering;

 

¨ The Fair and Accurate Reporting Act of 2003, as an amendment to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as noted previously, which includes provisions to help reduce identity theft by providing procedures for the identification, detection, and response to patterns, practices, or specific activities—known as “red flags”; and

 

¨ Truth in Savings Act, which establishes the requirement for clear and uniform disclosure of terms and conditions regarding deposit interest and fees to help promote economic stability, competition between depository institutions, and allow the consumer to make informed decisions.

 

  23  

 

 

Management

 

Chief Officers

 

Our executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors and serve at the Board’s discretion. Executive officers of the Bank also serve as executive officers of the Company.  The executive officers of the Company are as follows:

 

William J. Pasenelli, 60, is President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. He also serves as the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Pasenelli joined the Bank as Chief Financial Officer in 2000 and was named President of the Bank in 2010 and President of the Company in May 2012.  He relinquished the position of Chief Financial Officer of the Bank in March 2013 and President in July 2016. Before joining the Bank, Mr. Pasenelli had been Chief Financial Officer of Acacia Federal Savings Bank, Annandale, Virginia, since 1987.  Mr. Pasenelli has over 30 years of banking experience.  He serves on the Board of Directors of the Maryland Bankers Association and the Maryland Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Pasenelli is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Greater Washington Society of Certified Public Accountants and other civic groups.  Mr. Pasenelli is a graduate of the National School of Banking and holds a Bachelor of Arts from Duke University.  He also attended the Harvard Business School Program on Negotiation.

 

Gregory C. Cockerham, 64 , joined the Bank in 1988.  He serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank.  Before joining the Bank, he was Vice President of Maryland National Bank.  Mr. Cockerham has over 40 years of banking experience.  Mr. Cockerham serves as Emeritus and Past Chair of the Board of Directors for the College of Southern Maryland Foundation, Past Chair and Current Board member of Maryland Title Center.  He presently serves as the Potomac Baptist Association Finance Chair, is a Paul Harris Fellow, Foundation Chair and Past President of the Rotary Club of Charles County, President of the Rotary Foundation Board, Past Chair of the Charles County Board of Education CRD Program and serves on various civic boards.  Mr. Cockerham is a Maryland Bankers School graduate and holds a Bachelor of Science from West Virginia University.  He also attended the Harvard Business School Program on Negotiation.

 

James M. Burke, 50 , joined the Bank in 2005.  He serves as the Bank’s President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company and the Bank. Before his appointment as President of the Bank in 2016, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. Before joining the Bank, Mr. Burke served as Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer of Mercantile Southern Maryland Bank.  Mr. Burke has over 20 years of banking experience.  Mr. Burke is the former Chairman of the Board of Directors of University of Maryland Charles Regional Medical Center, serves on the Board of Directors for the ARC of Southern Maryland, Trustee for St. Mary’s Ryken High School, Trustee for Historic Sotterley Plantation and is active in other civic groups. Mr. Burke is a Maryland Bankers School graduate and holds a Bachelor of Arts from High Point University.  He is also a graduate of the East Carolina Advanced School of Commercial Lending and attended the Harvard Business School Program on Negotiation.

 

James F. Di Misa, 59 , joined the Bank in 2005.  He serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank.  Before joining the Bank, Mr. Di Misa served as Executive Vice President of Mercantile Southern Maryland Bank.  Mr. Di Misa has over 30 years of banking experience.  Mr. Di Misa serves on the Board of Trustees of the College of Southern Maryland. He is former Chairman of the Board of Trustees for the Maryland Bankers School, a Paul Harris Fellow, Foundation Secretary, Past President of the Rotary Club of Charles County Chairman of Charles County Rotary Scholarships Program, Adjunct Instructor for the College of Southern Maryland, Governor Appointment to the Tri-County Work Force Investment Board (2008-2014), President and Founder of the La Plata Business Association (2002-2010) and of the Board of Trustees for the Maryland Bankers School (2002-2016). He is also a member of several other civic and professional groups. Mr. Di Misa is a Stonier Graduate School of Banking graduate and holds a Master of Business Administration from Mount St. Mary’s College and a Bachelor of Science from George Mason University.  He also attended the Harvard Business School Program on Negotiation.

 

Todd L. Capitani, 52 , joined the Bank in 2009.  He serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank.  Before joining the Bank, Mr. Capitani served as a Senior Finance Manager at Deloitte Consulting and as Chief Financial Officer at Ruesch International, Inc.  Mr. Capitani has over 25 years of experience in corporate finance, controllership and external audit. Mr. Capitani is involved with several local charities, religious and community organizations.  Mr. Capitani is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and other civic groups. He serves on the Board of Directors for Annmarie Sculpture Garden & Arts Center. Mr. Capitani is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of California at Santa Barbara.  He also attended the Harvard Business School Program on Negotiation and the Yale School of Management Strategic Leadership Conference.

 

 

  24  

 

 

Christy M Lombardi, 42 , joined the Bank in 1998.  She serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer of the Company and the Bank.  Ms. Lombardi is responsible for administrative and corporate governance matters for the Company, and oversees human resources, information technology and shareholder relations.  Ms. Lombardi has over 20 years of banking experience.  She serves on the Board of Directors of the College of Southern Maryland Foundation, on the Advisory Board of the Maryland Banker’s Association Council of Professional Women in Banking and Finance and on the Southern Maryland Workforce Development Board.  Ms. Lombardi served on the Board of Directors of the Calvert County Chamber of Commerce from 2012-2018. She is a Maryland Bankers School graduate and holds a Masters in Management from University of Maryland University College as well as a Master’s in Business Administration.  Ms. Lombardi also attended the Harvard Business School Program.

 

James F. Di Misa will retire from the Company and the Bank effective March 31, 2019. The Board of Directors promoted Christy Lombardi to Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank effective upon Mr. Di Misa’s retirement. In addition, the Company announced that Gregory C. Cockerham, Chief Lending Officer, will retire on December 31, 2019. In November 2018 the Company announced a leadership transition plan to address the executive retirements through the promotion of existing members of the Bank’s management team. Under this plan, Mr. Cockerham’s responsibilities will be transitioned to several members of management over time and fully assumed by January 1, 2020.

 

  25  

 

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Risks

 

An investment in shares of our common stock involves various risks. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks or by other risks that have not been identified or that we may believe are immaterial or unlikely. The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements .

 

Credit Risks

 

Our increased emphasis on commercial lending may expose us to increased lending risks.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, our loan portfolio included $878.0 million, or 65.2%, and $727.3 million, or 63.3%, respectively, of commercial real estate loans, $124.3 million, or 9.2%, and $110.3 million, or 9.6%, respectively, of residential rental loans, $71.7 million, or 5.3% and $56.4 million, or 4.9%, respectively of commercial business loans and $50.2 million, or 3.7% and $35.9 million, or 3.1%, respectively, of commercial equipment loans. We intend to maintain our emphasis on these types of loans. These types of loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss and require a commensurately higher loan loss allowance than owner-occupied one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial business and equipment loans expose us to additional risks since they typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flows of the borrower’s business and are secured by non-real estate collateral that may depreciate over time. Also, many of our commercial borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, $17.8 million, or 92.1% and $3.5 million, or 73.5%, respectively, of our non-accrual loans of $19.3 million and $4.7 million, respectively, consisted of commercial loans.

 

We may be required to make further increases in our provision for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans in the future. Further, our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively. We also recorded net loan charge-offs of $944,000 and $355,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our non-accrual loans, OREO and accruing TDRs aggregated $34.1 million, or 2.02% of total assets and $24.1 million, or 1.71% of total assets, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Additionally, loans that were classified as special mention and substandard were $32.2 million and $40.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017. We had no loans classified as doubtful or loss at December 31, 2018 and 2017. If the economy and/or the real estate market weakens, more of our classified loans may become non-performing and we may be required to take additional provisions to increase our allowance for loan losses for these assets as the value of the collateral may be insufficient to pay any remaining net loan balance, which would have a negative effect on our results of operations. We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the corresponding balance sheet date. However, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially adversely affect our operating results.

 

In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider numerous factors, including our historical charge-off experience, growth of our loan portfolio, changes in the composition of our loan portfolio and the volume of delinquent, non-accrual and classified loans, TDRs and foreclosed real estate. In addition, we use information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and estimated collateral values, to estimate the risk and amount of loss for those borrowers. Finally, we also consider other qualitative factors, including general and economic business conditions, anticipated duration of the current business cycle, current general market collateral valuations, and trends apparent in any of the factors we take into account. Our estimates of the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan are complicated by the significant uncertainties surrounding our borrowers’ abilities to successfully execute their business models through changing economic environments, competitive challenges and other factors. Because of the degree of uncertainty and susceptibility of these factors to change, our actual losses may vary from our current estimates.

 

  26  

 

 

In addition, the adoption of ASU 2016-13, as amended, on January 1, 2020 could result in an increase in the allowance for loan losses as a result of changing from an “incurred loss” model, which encompasses allowances for current known and inherent losses within the portfolio, to an “expected loss” model, which encompasses allowances for losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio. Furthermore, ASU 2016-13 will necessitate that the Company establishes an allowance for expected credit losses for certain debt securities and other financial assets. Although we are currently unable to reasonably estimate the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13, we expect that the impact of adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics, and quality of our loan and securities portfolios as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts as of the adoption date. In December 2018, the federal banking regulators issued a final rule that would provide an optional three-year phase-in period for the day-one regulatory capital effects of the adoption of ASU 2016-13. The impact of this rule on the Company will depend on whether the Company elects to phase in the impact of the standard.

 

Our regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by our regulators, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we do not effectively manage our credit risk, we may experience increased levels of non-performing loans, charge-offs and delinquencies, which would require additional increases in our provision for loan losses.

 

There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of non-payment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and cash flows available to service debt and risks resulting from changes in economic and market conditions. Our credit risk approval and monitoring procedures may not reduce these credit risks, and they cannot be expected to completely eliminate our credit risks. If the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, or our market areas, specifically, fails to improve, or even if it does improve, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, and the level of non-performing loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require further increases in the provision for loan losses, which would cause our net income and return on equity to decrease.

 

Non-performing and classified assets could take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and could result in further losses in the future.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, our non-accrual loans totaled $19.3 million, or 1.43% of our loan portfolio and $4.7 million, or 0.41% of our loan portfolio, respectively. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, our non-accrual loans, OREO and accruing TDRs totaled $34.1 million, or 2.02% of total assets and $24.1 million, or 1.71% of total assets, respectively. Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not accrue interest income on non-accrual loans or foreclosed properties, thereby adversely affecting our net income and returns on assets and equity, increasing our loan administration costs and adversely affecting our efficiency ratio. When we take collateral in foreclosure and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the collateral to its fair market value less estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. These non-performing loans and foreclosed properties also increase our risk profile and the amount of capital our regulators believe is appropriate to maintain in light of such risks. The resolution of non-performing assets requires significant time commitments from management and can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. If we experience increases in non-performing loans and non-performing assets, our net interest income will be negatively impacted, and our loan administration costs could increase, each of which could have an adverse effect on our net income and related ratios, such as return on assets and equity.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017 our total classified assets were $40.8 million and $50.3 million, respectively. While we continue to accrue interest income on classified loans that are performing, classified loans and other classified assets may negatively impact profitability by requiring additional management attention and regular monitoring. Increased monitoring of these assets by management may impact our management’s ability to focus on opportunistic growth, potentially adversely impacting future profitability.

 

  27  

 

 

Our residential mortgage loans and home equity loans expose us to a risk of loss due to declining real estate values.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, $156.7 million, or 11.6%, of our total loan portfolio, and $170.4 million, or 14.8%, of our total loan portfolio, respectively, consisted of owner-occupied one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, $35.6 million, or 2.6%, of our total loan portfolio and $21.4 million, or 1.9%, of our total loan portfolio, respectively, consisted of home equity loans and lines of credit. Declines in the housing market could result in declines in real estate values in our market area. A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage and home equity loans to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

 

Our asset valuation may include methodologies, estimations and assumptions that are subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to asset valuations that may materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

 

We must use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when financial assets and liabilities are measured and reported at fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices and/or other observable inputs provided by independent third-party sources, when available. When such third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flows and other financial modeling techniques utilizing assumptions such as credit quality, liquidity, interest rates and other relevant inputs. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

 

During periods of market disruption, including periods of significantly rising or high interest rates, rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be difficult to value some of our assets if trading becomes less frequent and market data becomes less observable. There may be asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data that become illiquid due to the financial environment. In such cases, asset valuation may require more subjectivity and management judgment. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation.

 

If the value of real estate in our market area were to decline, a significant portion of our loan portfolio could become under-collateralized, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Declines in local economic conditions could adversely affect the value of the real estate collateral securing our loans. A decline in property values would diminish our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral, making it more likely that we would suffer losses on defaulted loans. Additionally, a decrease in asset quality could require additions to our allowance for loan losses through increased provisions for loan losses, which would hurt our profits. Real estate values are affected by various factors in addition to local economic conditions, including, among other things, changes in general or regional economic conditions, governmental rules or policies and natural disasters.

 

We may be adversely affected by economic conditions in our market area, which is significantly dependent on federal government and military employment and programs.

 

Our marketplace is primarily in the counties of Charles, Calvert, St. Mary’s and Anne Arundel, Maryland and neighboring communities, and the Fredericksburg area of Virginia. Many, if not most, of our customers live and/or work in those counties or in the greater Washington, DC metropolitan area. Because our services are concentrated in this market, we are affected by the general economic conditions in the greater Washington, DC area. Changes in the economy may influence the growth rate of our loans and deposits, the quality of the loan portfolio and loan and deposit pricing. A significant decline in economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could decrease the demand for banking products and services generally and/or impair the ability of existing borrowers to repay their loans, which could negatively affect our financial condition and performance.

 

A significant portion of the population in our market area is affiliated with or employed by the federal government or at military facilities located in the area which contribute to the local economy. As a result, a reduction in federal government or military employment or programs could have a negative impact on local economic conditions and real estate collateral values and could also negatively affect the Company’s profitability.

 

  28  

 

 

Liquidity Risk

 

Our deposit concentrations may subject us to additional liquidity and pricing risk.

 

Our inability to manage deposit concentration risk could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We manage portfolio diversification through our asset/liability committee process. We occasionally accept larger deposit customers, and our typical deposit customers might occasionally carry larger balances. The aggregate amount of our top 25 deposit relationships have grown from $190.2 million, or 13.5%, of our total assets at December 31, 2017 to $347.4 million, or 20.6%, of our total assets at December 31, 2018. These amounts include $242.7 million and $85.6 million of municipal deposits at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The FDIC’s examination policies require that the Company monitor all customer deposit concentrations at or above 2% of total deposits. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $158.8 million which represented 11.1% of total deposits of $1,429.6 million. At December 31, 2017, there were no customer deposit concentrations that exceeded 2% of total deposits. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $22.6 million which represented 2.0% of total deposits of $1,106.2 million.

 

Unanticipated, significant changes in these large balances could affect our liquidity risk and pricing risk. While we reduced our reliance on wholesale funding during the year ended December 31, 2018, the withdrawal of more deposits than we anticipate could have an adverse impact on our profitability as this source of funding, if not replaced by similar deposit funding, would need to be replaced with wholesale funding, the sale of interest-earning assets, or a combination of the two. The replacement of deposit funding with wholesale funding could cause our overall cost of funds to increase, which would reduce our net interest income and results of operations. A decline in interest-earning assets would also lower our net interest income and results of operations. In addition, large-scale withdrawals of brokered or institutional deposits could require us to pay significantly higher interest rates on our retail deposits or on other wholesale funding sources, which would have an adverse impact on our net interest income and net income.

 

If we were to defer payments on our trust preferred capital debt securities or were in default under the related indentures, we would be prohibited from paying dividends or distributions on our common stock.

 

The terms of our outstanding trust preferred capital debt securities prohibit us from (1) declaring or paying any dividends or distributions on our capital stock, including our common stock; or (2) purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation payment on such stock, under the following circumstances: (a) if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the applicable indenture; (b) if we are in default with respect to a payment under the guarantee of the related trust preferred securities; or (c) if we have given notice of our election to defer interest payments but the related deferral period has not yet commenced, or a deferral period is continuing. In addition, without notice to, or consent from, the holders of our common stock, we may issue additional series of trust preferred capital debt securities with similar terms, or enter into other financing agreements, that limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. For additional information regarding the trust preferred securities, see “Note 17 – Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interest in Junior Subordinated Debentures” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

The Company is a bank holding company and its sources of funds necessary to meet its obligations are limited.

 

The Company is a bank holding company, and its operations are primarily conducted by the Bank, which is subject to significant federal and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to our common and preferred stockholders, pay our obligations and meet our debt service requirements is derived primarily from our existing cash flow sources, dividends received from the Bank, or a combination thereof. Future dividend payments by the Bank to us will require generation of future earnings by the Bank and are subject to certain regulatory guidelines. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not have the resources or cash flow to pay or meet all of our obligations.

 

  29  

 

 

Operational Risk

 

We may be adversely affected by recent changes in U.S. tax laws and regulations.

 

Changes in tax laws contained in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017, include a number of provisions that will have an impact on the banking industry, borrowers and the market for residential real estate. Included in this legislation was a reduction of the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. In addition, other changes included: (i) a lower limit on the deductibility of mortgage interest on single-family residential mortgage loans, (ii) the elimination of interest deductions for home equity loans, (iii) a limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense and (iv) a limitation on the deductibility of property taxes and state and local income taxes.

 

The recent changes in the tax laws may have an adverse effect on the market for, and valuation of, residential properties, and on the demand for such loans in the future and could make it harder for borrowers to make their loan payments. In addition, these recent changes may also have a disproportionate effect on taxpayers in states with high residential home prices and high state and local taxes, such as Maryland. If home ownership becomes less attractive, demand for mortgage loans could decrease. The value of the properties securing loans in our loan portfolio may be adversely impacted as a result of the changing economics of home ownership, which could require an increase in our provision for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

 

As a public company, we are required to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”). Internal control over financial reporting is complex and may be revised over time to adapt to changes in our business, or changes in applicable accounting rules. Sarbanes-Oxley requires our management to evaluate the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting and requires our auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose, in our annual report on Form 10-K, the existence of any “material weaknesses” in our internal controls. We cannot assure that we will not identify one or more material weaknesses as of the end of any given quarter or year, nor can we predict the effect on our stock price of disclosure of a material weakness. If we are not able to maintain or document effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Matters impacting our internal control over financial reporting may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis or may cause us to restate previously issued financial information, and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements is also likely to suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm reports a material weakness in the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us by, for example, leading to a decline in our stock price and impairing our ability to raise capital. Sarbanes-Oxley also limits the types of non-audit services our outside auditors may provide to us in order to preserve their independence from us. If our auditors were found not to be “independent” of us under SEC rules, we could be required to engage new auditors and re-file financial statements and audit reports with the SEC. In that case, we could be out of compliance with SEC rules until new financial statements and audit reports were filed, limiting our ability to raise capital and resulting in other adverse consequences.

 

Our internal control systems are inherently limited.

 

Our systems of internal controls, disclosure controls and corporate governance policies and procedures are inherently limited. The inherent limitations of our system of internal controls include the use of judgment in decision-making that can be faulty; breakdowns can occur because of human error or mistakes; and controls can be circumvented by individual acts or by collusion of two or more people. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and any design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitation of a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected, which may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, any plans of remediation for any identified limitations may be ineffective in improving our internal controls.

 

  30  

 

 

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

 

Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as core data processing systems, internet connections, network access and fund distribution. While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, we cannot control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including those which result from their failure to provide services for any reason or their poor performance of services, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to its customers and otherwise to conduct its business. Replacing these third-party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

 

We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Our business is dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If significant, sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

In addition, we provide our customers with the ability to bank remotely, including over the Internet and the telephone. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet and other remote channels is a critical element of remote banking. Despite instituted safeguards and monitoring, our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security breaches. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that our activities or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, physical and cyber security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could materially and adversely affect us.

 

We are subject to a variety of operational risks, environmental, legal and compliance risks, and the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, and unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer, telecommunications systems, cyber security breaches and other disruptive problems caused by the Internet or other users. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions of other entities, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to attract and keep customers and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Actual or alleged conduct by the Bank can also result in negative public opinion about our other businesses.

 

If personal, non-public, confidential or proprietary information of customers in our possession were to be misappropriated, mishandled or misused, we could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could include, for example, erroneously providing such information to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of our systems, employees, or counterparties, or the interception or inappropriate acquisition of such information by third parties.

 

Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. Our necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions and our large transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. We also may be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages, or natural disasters, disease pandemics or other damage to property or physical assets) which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as we are) and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in our diminished ability to operate our business (for example, by requiring us to expend significant resources to correct the defect), as well as potential liability to clients, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, perhaps materially. 

 

  31  

 

 

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners; and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. We, our customers, and other financial institutions with which we interact, are subject to ongoing, continuous attempts to penetrate key systems by individual hackers, organized criminals, and in some cases, state-sponsored organizations. Information security risks for financial institutions have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. Despite our security measures and monitoring, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such unauthorized access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in significant costs to us, which may include fines and penalties, potential liabilities from governmental or third party investigations, proceedings or litigation, legal, forensic and consulting fees and expenses, costs and diversion of management attention required for investigation and remediation actions, and the negative impact on our reputation and loss of confidence of our customers and others, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, revenues, financial condition and competitive position. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses.

 

If our information technology is unable to keep pace with industry developments, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. Our ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively, and in a cost-efficient manner, is dependent on the ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology as it becomes available. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technology than we do and may be better equipped to market new technology-driven products and services. The ability to keep pace with technological change is important, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse impact on our business and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Exiting or entering new lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risk .

 

From time to time, we may exit an existing line of business or implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts. When exiting a line of business or product we may have difficulty replacing the revenue stream and may have to take certain actions to make up for the line of business or product. For example, we recently discontinued the origination of residential mortgage loans and instead now purchase residential mortgage loans for our loan portfolio from other sources. If those sources are not available or the cost for such purchases increases our results of operations may be adversely affected. We also may face increased credit risk with respect to purchased loans relative to the credit risks we faced in connection with the origination of loans. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business and/or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business and/or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

  32  

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and earnings.

 

Our largest component of earnings is net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Changing interest rates impact customer actions and may limit the options available to the Company to maximize earnings or increase the costs to minimize risk. We do not have control over market interest rates and the Company’s focus to mitigate potential earnings risk centers on controlling the composition of our assets and liabilities.

 

Our net interest income is the interest we earn on loans and investments less the interest we pay on our deposits and borrowings. Our net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest margin and, as a result, our net interest income. Although the yield we earn on our assets and our funding costs tend to move in the same direction in response to changes in interest rates, one can rise or fall faster than the other, causing our net interest margin to increase or decrease. Our liabilities tend to be shorter in duration than our assets, so they may adjust faster in response to changes in interest rates. As a result, when interest rates rise, our funding costs may rise faster than the yield we earn on our assets, causing our net interest margin to contract until the yield catches up. Changes in the slope of the “yield curve”— or the spread between short-term and long-term interest rates—could also reduce our net interest margin. Normally, the yield curve is upward sloping, meaning short-term rates are lower than long-term rates. Because our liabilities tend to be shorter in duration than our assets, when the yield curve flattens or inverts, we could experience pressure on our net interest margin as our cost of funds increases relative to the yield we can earn on our assets. Our procedures for managing exposure to falling net interest income involve modeling possible scenarios of interest rate increases and decreases to interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Changes in interest rates also can affect: (1) our ability to originate loans; (2) the value of our interest-earning assets; (3) our ability to obtain and retain deposits in competition with other available investment alternatives; and (4) the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, particularly adjustable or variable rate loans.

 

Changes to LIBOR may adversely impact the interest rate paid on our outstanding trust preferred securities and our subordinated notes and may also impact some of our loans.

 

On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”), announced that it will no longer persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the LIBOR administrator after 2021. The announcement also indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the LIBOR administrator or whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. Similarly, it is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed as an acceptable benchmark for certain securities, loans, and liabilities, including our trust preferred securities and our subordinated notes, what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR or the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives on the value of securities whose interest rates are tied to LIBOR.

 

Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes, alternative reference rates, the elimination or replacement of LIBOR, or other reforms may adversely affect the value of, and the return on, our securities, loans, and liabilities, including, our subordinated notes, as well as the interest we pay on those securities.

 

The amount of interest payable on our 6.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2025 will vary after February 15, 2020.

 

The interest rate on our 6.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2025 (“subordinated notes”) will vary after February 15, 2020. From and including the issue date of such notes but excluding February 15, 2020, the notes will bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.25% per year. From and including February 15, 2020, to but excluding the maturity date, the notes will bear interest at an annual floating rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 479 basis points for any interest period. If interest rates rise, the cost of our subordinated notes may increase, negatively affecting our net income. For additional information regarding the subordinated notes, see “Note 18 – Subordinated Notes” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

  33  

 

 

Strategic Risk

 

Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to timely and effectively execute our strategic plan or manage the growth called for in our strategic plan. We have grown through our January 1, 2018 acquisition of County First Bank and may continue to grow through other acquisitions. To be successful as a larger institution, we must successfully integrate the operations and retain the customers of acquired institutions, attract and retain the management required to successfully manage larger operations, and control costs.

 

Among other things, our strategic plan currently calls for reducing the amount of our non-performing assets, growing assets through commercial lending and generating transaction deposit accounts to reduce our funding costs and improve our net interest margin. Our ability to increase profitability in accordance with this plan will depend on a variety of factors including the identification of desirable business opportunities, competitive responses from financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage liquidity and funding sources. While we believe we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our strategic plan, opportunities may not be available and that the strategic plan may not be successful or effectively managed.

 

In implementing our strategic plan, we may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our current markets through opportunistic acquisitions of whole banks or branch locations. On January 1, 2018, we acquired County First Bank. Future results of operations will be impacted by our ability to successfully integrate the operations of County First Bank and any other acquired institutions and retain the customers of those institutions. If we are unable to successfully manage the integration of the separate cultures, customer bases and operating systems of the acquired institutions, and any other institutions that may be acquired in the future, our results of operations could be negatively impacted. As a result of the County First Bank acquisition and to the extent that we undertake additional acquisitions, we are likely to experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations during the integration period, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets. In addition, if we undertake substantial growth, we may need to increase non-interest expenses through additional personnel, occupancy expense and data processing costs, among others. In order to successfully manage growth, we may need to adopt and effectively implement policies, procedures and controls to maintain credit quality, control costs and oversee operations. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in this strategy. Other effects of engaging in such growth strategies may include potential diversion of our management’s time and attention and general disruption to our business. We may not be able to adequately, timely and profitably achieve the intended benefits or our growth strategies or manage anticipated growth.

 

Finally, substantial growth may stress regulatory capital levels, and may require us to raise additional capital. No assurance can be given that we will be able to raise any required capital, or that it will be able to raise capital on terms that are beneficial to stockholders.

 

Strong competition within our market area could hurt our profits and slow growth.

 

We face intense competition both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our competition for loans and deposits includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies, credit unions and non-banking financial institutions. We compete with regional and national financial institutions that have a substantial presence in our market area, many of which have greater liquidity, higher lending limits, greater access to capital, more established market recognition and more resources and collective experience than us. Furthermore, tax-exempt credit unions operate in our market area and aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the market. This competition may make it more difficult for us to originate new loans and may force us to offer higher deposit rates than we currently offer. Price competition for loans and deposits might result in lower interest rates earned on our loans and higher interest rates paid on our deposits, which would reduce net interest income. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area.

 

  34  

 

  

Legal and Compliance Risk

 

Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating the risks to which we are subject, based upon the size, scope, and complexity of the Company.

 

As a financial institution, we are subject to a number of risks, including interest rate, credit, liquidity, legal/compliance, market, strategic, operational, and reputational. Our enterprise risk management (“ERM”) framework is designed to minimize the risks to which we are subject, as well as any losses stemming from such risks. Although we seek to identify, measure, monitor, report, and control our exposure to such risks, and employ a broad and diverse set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques in the process, those techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or development of risks that are currently unknown and unanticipated.

 

For example, economic and market conditions, heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, and increases in the overall complexity of our operations, among other developments, have resulted in the creation of a variety of risks that were previously unknown and unanticipated, highlighting the intrinsic limitations of our risk monitoring and mitigation techniques. As a result, the further development of previously unknown or unanticipated risks may result in our incurring losses in the future that could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, an ineffective ERM framework, as well as other risk factors, could result in a material increase in our FDIC insurance premiums.

 

The implementation of a new accounting standard could require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses and may have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

 

FASB has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for the Company’s first fiscal year after December 15, 2019. This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and provide for the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which the Company expects could require it to increase its allowance for loan losses and will likely greatly increase the data the Company would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. Any increase in the allowance for loan losses, or expenses incurred to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and we may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination as noted in the “ Supervision and Regulation” section of this report. The regulation and supervision by the Maryland Commissioner, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC are not intended to protect the interests of investors in The Community Financial Corporation common stock. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. Laws and regulations now affecting us may be changed at any time, and the interpretation of such laws and regulations by bank regulatory authorities is also subject to change. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations.

 

  35  

 

 

Regulation of the financial services industry is undergoing major changes and future legislation could increase our cost of doing business or harm our competitive position.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has created a significant shift in the way financial institutions operate. The key effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business are:

 

Changes to regulatory capital requirements;

 

Creation of new government regulatory agencies (such as the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which oversees systemic risk, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which develops and enforces rules for bank and non-bank providers of consumer financial products);

 

Potential limitations on federal preemption;

 

Changes to deposit insurance assessments;

 

Regulation of debit interchange fees we earn;

 

Changes in retail banking regulations, including potential limitations on certain fees we may charge; and

 

Changes in regulation of consumer mortgage loan origination and risk retention.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act restricts the ability of banks to engage in certain proprietary trading or to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains provisions designed to limit the ability of insured depository institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates to conduct certain swaps and derivatives activities and to take certain principal positions in financial instruments.

 

Certain changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Basel III capital rules generally require insured depository institutions and their holding companies to hold more capital. The impact of the new rules on our financial condition and operations is uncertain but could be materially adverse.

 

New capital rules adopted by the Federal Reserve substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to us. The rule includes new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective January 1, 2015, and revise the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The rules apply to the Company as well as to the Bank. Beginning in the first quarter of 2015, our minimum capital requirements were (i) a common Tier 1 equity ratio of 4.5%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital (common Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) of 6% (up from 4%) and (iii) a total capital ratio of 8%. Our leverage ratio requirement will remain at the 4% level. Finally, the new capital rules limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement was phased in beginning January 1, 2016, at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets, increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

 

We are periodically subject to examination and scrutiny by a number of banking agencies and, depending upon the findings and determinations of these agencies, we may be required to make adjustments to our business that could adversely affect us.

 

Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with applicable laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency was to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, asset concentration, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk or other aspects of any of our operations has become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management is in violation of any law or regulation, it could take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to change the asset composition of our portfolio or balance sheet, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, our business, results of operations and reputation may be negatively impacted.

 

 

  36  

 

 

Negative developments in the financial industry, the domestic and international credit markets, and the economy in general pose significant challenges for our industry and us and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Negative developments that began in the latter half of 2007 and that have continued since then in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in unprecedented volatility and disruption in the financial markets, a general economic downturn and a tepid economic recovery, both nationally and in our primary markets. As a result, commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances deteriorated at many institutions and have not fully recovered, and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. As a result, we may face the following risks:

 

Economic conditions that negatively affect housing prices and the job market may cause the credit quality of our loan portfolios to deteriorate;

 

Market developments that affect consumer confidence may cause adverse changes in payment patterns by our customers, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit facilities;

 

The processes that we use to estimate our allowance for loan losses and reserves may no longer be reliable because they rely on judgments, such as forecasts of economic conditions, that may no longer be capable of accurate estimation;

 

The value of our securities portfolio may decline; and

 

We face increased regulation of our industry, and the costs of compliance with such regulation may increase.

 

These conditions or similar ones may continue to persist or worsen, causing us to experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our common stock.

 

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. In recent years, various significant economic and monetary stimulus measures were implemented by the U.S. Congress and the Federal Reserve pursued a highly accommodative monetary policy aimed at keeping interest rates at historically low levels although the Federal Reserve has begun to modify certain aspects of this policy by gradually increasing short-term interest rates and reducing its balance sheet. U.S. economic activity has significantly improved, but there can be no assurance that this progress will continue or will not reverse.

 

An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

 

  37  

 

 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation, bylaws and Maryland law, as well as state and federal banking regulations, could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.

 

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and Maryland corporate law could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our shareholders, or otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock. These provisions include: supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations; the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; and advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that shareholders may act on at shareholder meetings. In addition, we are subject to Maryland laws, including one that prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with any interested shareholder for a period of five years from the date the person became an interested shareholder unless certain conditions are met. These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for shareholders to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board.

 

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

 

The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”) and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Treasury Department to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering regulations. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. 

 

  38  

 

 

Market Risk

 

The market price and liquidity of our common stock could be adversely affected if the economy were to weaken or the capital markets were to experience volatility.

 

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to changes in sentiment in the market regarding our operations or business prospects. Among other factors, these risks may be affected by:

 

    Operating results that vary from the expectations of our management or of securities analysts and investors;
       
    Developments in our business or in the financial services sector generally;
       
    Regulatory or legislative changes affecting our industry generally or our business and operations;
       
    Operating and securities price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to us;
       
    Changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts or rating agencies;
       
    Announcements of strategic developments, acquisitions, dispositions, financings, and other material events by us or our competitors;
       
    Changes or volatility in global financial markets and economies, general market conditions, interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity, credit, or asset valuations; and
       
    Significant fluctuations in the capital markets.

 

Economic or market turmoil could occur in the near or long term, which could negatively affect our business, our financial condition, and our results of operations, as well as volatility in the price and trading volume of our common stock.

 

We may refinance our subordinated notes.

 

We may seek to refinance our subordinated notes by issuing additional shares of our common stock in one or more securities offerings. These securities offerings may dilute our existing shareholders, reduce the value of our common stock, or both. Because our decision to issue securities will depend on, among other things, market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any future securities offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings diluting and potentially reducing the value of our common stock.

 

We may issue additional common stock or other equity securities in the future which could dilute the ownership interest of existing shareholders.

 

In order to maintain our capital at desired or regulatory-required levels, or to fund future growth, our board of directors may decide from time to time to issue additional shares of common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or representing rights to acquire shares of our common stock. The sale of these shares may significantly dilute your ownership interest as a shareholder. New investors in the future may also have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our current shareholders which may adversely impact our current shareholders.

 

Reputational Risk

 

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be adversely affected.

 

  39  

 

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

The Bank maintains its main office and operation center in Waldorf, Maryland and an operation center in Fredericksburg, Virginia, in addition to its branch offices in Lexington Park, Leonardtown, La Plata (two), Dunkirk, Bryans Road, Waldorf, Charlotte Hall, Prince Frederick and Lusby, Maryland and one branch in Fredericksburg, Virginia. In addition, the Bank maintains five loan production offices (“LPOs”) in La Plata, Prince Frederick, Leonardtown and Annapolis, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Leonardtown LPO is co-located with the branch and the Fredericksburg, Virginia LPO is co-located with the operation center.

 

The Bank leases the Dunkirk, Maryland branch, the Annapolis and Prince Frederick LPOs and the Fredericksburg operation center. The Bank owns all of its branch buildings except for the Dunkirk, Maryland branch, and leases the land on which the Waldorf, Charlotte Hall, Prince Frederick and Lusby, Maryland branches are located. Lease expiration dates range from 2019 to 2045 with renewal options of 5 to 15 years. The net book value of premises, which included land, building and improvements, totaled $20.8 million and $ 19.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

Neither the Company, the Bank, nor any subsidiary is engaged in any legal proceedings of a material nature at the present time. From time to time, the Bank is a party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

  40  

 

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Price and Dividends on Registrant’s and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Market Information

 

The following table sets forth high and low bid quotations reported for the Company’s common stock for each quarter during 2018 and 2017 and the dividends declared per share for common stock. These quotes reflect inter-dealer prices without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily reflect actual transactions.

 

Quarter Ended   High     Low     Dividends
Per Share
 
                   
December 31, 2018   $ 34.08     $ 26.47     $ 0.10  
September 30, 2018     37.09       32.83       0.10  
June 30, 2018     37.75       35.12       0.10  
March 31, 2018     39.07       35.77       0.10  
December 31, 2017     40.44       35.14       0.10  
September 30, 2017     40.69       32.06       0.10  
June 30, 2017     40.00       32.24       0.10  
March 31, 2017     36.00       27.16       0.10  

 

Holders

 

The common stock of the Company is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange (Symbol: TCFC). The number of stockholders of record of the Company at March 1, 2019 was 716 .

 

Dividends

 

During 2018 and 2017, the Company declared and paid four quarters of dividends at $0.10 per share. The Board of Directors considers on a quarterly basis the feasibility of paying a cash dividend to its stockholders. Under the Company’s general practice, dividends, if declared during the quarter, are paid prior to the end of the subsequent quarter. In December 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the dividend to $0.125 per share, payable during the first quarter of 2019 to shareholders of record as of January 7, 2019.

 

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is governed by the policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB”), which prohibits the payment of dividends under certain circumstances dependent on the Company’s financial condition and capital adequacy. The Company’s ability to pay dividends is also dependent on the receipt of dividends from the Bank.

 

Federal regulations impose limitations on the payment of dividends and other capital distributions by the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is governed by the Maryland Financial Institutions Code and the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Under the Maryland Financial Institutions Code, a Maryland bank (1) may only pay dividends from undivided profits or, with prior regulatory approval, its surplus in excess of 100% of required capital stock and, (2) may not declare dividends on its common stock until its surplus funds equals the amount of required capital stock, or if the surplus fund does not equal the amount of capital stock, in an amount in excess of 90% of net earnings.

 

Without the approval of the FDIC, a nonmember bank may not declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during the year exceeds its net income during the current calendar year and retained net income for the prior two years. The Bank is further prohibited from making a capital distribution if it would not be adequately capitalized thereafter. In addition, the Bank may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its net worth below the amount required to maintain the liquidation account established for the benefit of its depositors at the time of its conversion to stock form.

 

  41  

 

 

Stock Performance Graph

 

The following graph and table show the cumulative total return on the common stock of the Company over the last five years, compared with the cumulative total return of a broad stock market index (the NASDAQ Capital Market Composite), and a narrower index of the NASDAQ Bank Index. Cumulative total return on the stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2013, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the stock or the index.

 

The graph and table were prepared assuming that $100 was invested on December 31, 2013, in the common stock and the securities included in the indexes.

 

 

 

Source: Bloomberg   Year Ended  
Index   12/31/2013     12/31/2014     12/31/2015     12/31/2016     12/31/2017     12/31/2018  
The Community Financial Corporation     100.00       98.76       104.59       147.34       196.91       152.01  
NASDAQ Bank Index     100.00       104.92       114.20       157.56       166.16       139.28  
NASDAQ Capital Market Composite     100.00       94.40       78.39       89.85       104.99       88.89  

 

  42  

 

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

 

On May 4, 2015, the Board of Directors approved a repurchase plan (“2015 repurchase plan). The 2015 repurchase plan authorizes the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of outstanding common stock. The 2015 repurchase plan will continue until it is completed or terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors. During the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the 2015 repurchase plan began with the termination of the 2008 repurchase program. As of December 31, 2018, 186,650 shares were available to be repurchased under the 2015 repurchase program. The following schedule shows the repurchases during the three months ended December 31, 2018.

 

                (c)        
                Total Number        
                of Shares     (d)  
                Purchased     Maximum  
    (a)           as Part of     Number of Shares  
    Total     (b)     Publicly     that May Yet Be  
    Number of     Average     Announced Plans     Purchased Under  
    Shares     Price Paid     or     the Plans or  
Period   Purchased     per Share     Programs     Programs  
October 1-31, 2018     -     $ -       -       186,757  
November 1-30, 2018     107       29.91       107       186,650  
December 1-31, 2018     -       -       -       186,650  
Total     107     $ 29.91       107       186,650  

 

  43  

 

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table shows selected historical consolidated financial data for the Company as of and for each of the five years ended December 31, 2018, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual 10-K report.

 

    At or for the Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA                                        
Total assets   $ 1,689,227     $ 1,405,961     $ 1,334,257     $ 1,143,332     $ 1,082,878  
Loans receivable, net     1,337,129       1,140,615       1,079,519       909,200       862,409  
Investment securities     220,884       167,531       162,280       144,536       126,445  
Goodwill     10,835       -       -       -       -  
Core deposit intangible     2,806       -       -       -       -  
Deposits     1,429,629       1,106,237       1,038,825       906,899       869,384  
Borrowings     55,436       142,998       144,559       91,617       76,672  
Junior subordinated debentures     12,000       12,000       12,000       12,000       12,000  
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000       23,000       23,000       23,000       -  
Stockholders’ equity—preferred     -       -       -       -       20,000  
Stockholders’ equity—common     154,482       109,957       104,426       99,783       96,559  
OPERATING DATA                                        
Interest and dividend income   $ 65,173     $ 53,570     $ 48,047     $ 43,873     $ 41,759  
Interest expenses     14,286       10,182       8,142       7,345       6,698  
Net interest income (NII)     50,887       43,388       39,905       36,528       35,061  
Provision for loan losses     1,405       1,010       2,359       1,433       2,653  
NII after provision for loan losses     49,482       42,378       37,546       35,095       32,408  
Noninterest income     4,069       4,041       3,796       3,299       4,093  
Noninterest expenses     38,149       30,054       29,595       28,418       26,235  
Income before income taxes     15,402       16,365       11,747       9,976       10,266  
Income taxes     4,173       9,157       4,416       3,633       3,776  
Net income     11,229       7,208       7,331       6,343       6,490  
Preferred stock dividends declared     -       -       -       23       200  
Income available to common shares   $ 11,229     $ 7,208     $ 7,331     $ 6,320     $ 6,290  
COMMON SHARE DATA                                        
Basic earnings per common share   $ 2.02     $ 1.56     $ 1.59     $ 1.36     $ 1.35  
Diluted earnings per common share     2.02       1.56       1.59       1.35       1.35  
Dividends declared per common share     0.40       0.40       0.40       0.40       0.40  
Book value per common share     27.70       23.65       22.54       21.48       20.53  
Tangible book value per common share (1)     25.25       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Common shares outstanding at end of period     5,577,559       4,649,658       4,633,868       4,645,429       4,702,715  
Basic weighted average common shares     5,550,510       4,627,776       4,599,502       4,676,748       4,646,424  
Diluted weighted average common shares     5,550,510       4,629,228       4,599,502       4,676,748       4,655,127  
OTHER DATA                                        
Full-time equivalent employees     189       165       162       171       172  
Full-service offices     12       11       12       12       12  
Loan Production Offices     5       5       5       5       5  
CAPITAL RATIOS (consolidated)                                        
Tier 1 capital to average assets (Leverage)     9.50       8.79 %     9.02 %     10.01 %     12.24 %
Tier 1 common capital to risk-weighted assets     10.36       9.51       9.54       10.16       n/a  
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     11.23       10.53       10.62       11.38       14.26  
Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets     13.68       13.40       13.60       14.58       15.21  
Common equity to assets     9.15       7.82       7.83       8.73       8.92  
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1)     8.41       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  

 

  44  

 

 

    At or for the Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
                               
KEY OPERATING RATIOS                                        
Return on average assets     0.70 %     0.52 %     0.60 %     0.58 %     0.63 %
Return on average total equity     7.53       6.55       7.09       6.21       5.69  
Return on average common equity     7.53       6.55       7.09       6.33       6.69  
Interest rate spread     3.22       3.24       3.35       3.48       3.55  
Net interest margin     3.43       3.37       3.48       3.60       3.68  
Efficiency ratio (2)     69.42       63.37       67.72       71.35       67.00  
Common dividend payout ratio     19.80       25.64       25.16       29.41       29.63  
Non-interest expense to average assets     2.38       2.18       2.41       2.60       2.56  
Net operating expense to average assets (3)     2.13       1.89       2.10       2.30       2.16  
Avg. int-earning assets to avg. int-bearing liabilities     121.31       116.95       117.56       117.71       118.83  
SELECTED ASSET QUALITY DATA                                        
Gross loans   $ 1,346,922     $ 1,150,044     $ 1,088,982     $ 918,894     $ 872,129  
Classified assets     40,819       50,298       39,246       43,346       54,022  
Allowance for loan losses     10,976       10,515       9,860       8,540       8,481  
Nonperforming loans (>=90 Days) (4)     11,110       2,483       7,705       10,740       10,263  
Non-accrual loans (5)     19,282       4,693       8,374       11,433       10,263  
Accruing troubled debt restructures (TDRs) (6)     6,676       10,021       10,448       13,133       13,249  
Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)     8,111       9,341       7,763       9,449       5,883  
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs   $ 34,069     $ 24,055     $ 26,585     $ 34,015     $ 29,395  
SELECTED ASSET QUALITY RATIOS                                        
Average total equity to average total assets     9.30 %     7.99 %     8.41 %     9.35 %     11.11 %
Classified assets to total assets     2.42       3.58       2.94       3.79       4.99  
Classified assets to risk-based capital     21.54       32.10       26.13       30.19       39.30  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     0.81       0.91       0.91       0.93       0.97  
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans     56.92       224.06       117.75       74.70       82.64  
Net charge-offs to avg. outstanding loans     0.07       0.03       0.11       0.16       0.28  
Nonperforming loans to total loans     0.82       0.22       0.71       1.17       1.18  
Non-accrual loans to total loans     1.43       0.41       0.77       1.24       1.18  
Non-accrual loans and TDRs to total loans     1.93       1.28       1.73       2.67       2.70  
Non-accrual loans and OREO to total assets     1.62       1.00       1.21       1.83       1.49  
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs to total assets     2.02       1.71       1.99       2.98       2.71  

 

 

(1) The Company had no intangible assets between 2014-2017. The acquisition of County FirstBank in January 2018 added intangible assets for goodwill and core deposits.
 
(2) Efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
 
(3) Net operating expense is the sum of non-interest expense offset by non-interest income.  
 
(4) Nonperforming loans include all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent.
 
(5) Non-accrual loans include all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent and loans that are non-accrual due to the operating results or cash flows of a customer.
 
(6) TDR loans include both non-accrual and accruing performing loans. All TDR loans are included in the calculation of  asset quality financial ratios. Non-accrual TDR loans are included in the non-accrual balance and accruing TDR loans are included in the accruing TDR balance.

 

  45  

 

 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

Statements included in management’s discussion and analysis include non-GAAP financial measures and should be read along with the accompanying tables, which provide a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management uses these non-GAAP financial measures and believes that non-GAAP financial measures provide additional useful information that allows readers to evaluate the ongoing performance of the Company. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of performance or financial condition as promulgated under GAAP, and investors should consider the Company’s performance and financial condition as reported under GAAP and all other relevant information when assessing the performance or financial condition of the Company. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and investors should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the results or financial condition as reported under GAAP. See Non-GAAP reconciliation schedule that immediately follows: Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. See Non-GAAP reconciliation schedules that immediately follow:

 

THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

Reconciliation of US GAAP total assets, common equity, common equity to assets and book value to Non-GAAP tangible assets, tangible common equity, tangible common equity to tangible assets and tangible book value.

 

The Company's management discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. This financial information includes certain performance measures, which exclude intangible assets. These non-GAAP measures are included because the Company believes they may provide useful supplemental information for evaluating the underlying performance trends of the Company.

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
             
Total assets   $ 1,689,227     $ 1,405,961  
Less: intangible assets                
Goodwill     10,835       -  
Core deposit intangible     2,806       -  
Total intangible assets     13,641       -  
Tangible assets   $ 1,675,586     $ 1,405,961  
                 
Total common equity   $ 154,482     $ 109,957  
Less: intangible assets     13,641       -  
Tangible common equity   $ 140,841     $ 109,957  
                 
Common shares outstanding at end of period     5,577,559       4,649,658  
                 
GAAP common equity to assets     9.15 %     7.82 %
Non-GAAP tangible common equity to tangible assets     8.41 %     7.82 %
                 
GAAP common book value per share   $ 27.70     $ 23.65  
Non-GAAP tangible common book value per share   $ 25.25     $ 23.65  

 

  46  

 

 

THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP AND NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

Reconciliation of US GAAP Net Income, Earnings Per Share (EPS), Return on Average Assets (ROAA) and Return on Average Common Equity (ROACE) to Non-GAAP Operating Net Income, EPS, ROAA and ROACE

 

The Company's management discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. This financial information includes certain operating performance measures, which exclude merger and acquisition costs and the additional income tax expense from the revaluation of deferred tax assets as a result of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate under the enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, that are not considered part of recurring operations . These expenses are excluded to derive “operating net income,” “operating earnings per share,” “operating return on average assets,” and “operating return on average common equity.” These non-GAAP measures are included because the Company believes they may provide useful supplemental information for evaluating the underlying performance trends of the Company.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2018     2017     2016  
Net income (as reported)   $ 11,229     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act     -       2,740       -  
Merger and acquisition costs (net of tax)     2,693       724       -  
Non-GAAP operating net income   $ 13,922     $ 10,672     $ 7,331  
                         
Income before income taxes (as reported)   $ 15,402     $ 16,365     $ 11,747  
Merger and acquisition costs ("M&A")     3,625       829       -  
Adjusted pretax income     19,027       17,194       11,747  
Adjusted income tax expense     5,105       6,522       4,416  
Non-GAAP operating net income   $ 13,922     $ 10,672     $ 7,331  
                         
GAAP diluted earnings per share ("EPS")   $ 2.02     $ 1.56     $ 1.59  
Non-GAAP operating diluted EPS before M&A   $ 2.51     $ 2.31     $ 1.59  
                         
GAAP return on average assets ("ROAA')     0.70 %     0.52 %     0.60 %
Non-GAAP operating ROAA before M&A     0.87 %     0.78 %     0.60 %
                         
GAAP return on average common equity ("ROACE")     7.53 %     6.55 %     7.09 %
Non-GAAP operating ROACE before M&A     9.34 %     9.70 %     7.09 %
                         
Net income (as reported)   $ 11,229     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  
Weighted average common shares outstanding     5,550,510       4,629,228       4,599,502  
Average assets   $ 1,603,393     $ 1,376,983     $ 1,229,471  
Average equity     149,128       109,979       103,397  

 

  47  

 

 

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Certain statements contained in this Report may not be based on historical facts and are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words like “is optimistic”, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “intend” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may.” Statements in this report that are not strictly historical are forward-looking and are based upon current expectations that may differ materially from actual results. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, those relating to the Company’s and Community Bank of the Chesapeake’s future growth and management’s outlook or expectations for revenue, assets, asset quality, profitability, business prospects, net interest margin, non-interest revenue, allowance for loan losses, the level of credit losses from lending, liquidity levels, capital levels, or other future financial or business performance strategies or expectations, and any statements of the plans and objectives of management for future operations products or services, including the expected benefits from, and/or the execution of integration plans relating to the County First acquisition or any other acquisition that we undertake in the future; plans and cost savings regarding branch closings or consolidation; any statement of expectation or belief; projections related to certain financial metrics; and any statement of assumptions underlying the foregoing. These forward-looking statements express management’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, results and conditions, and by their nature are subject to and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated by the statements made herein.

 

Factors that might cause actual results to differ materially from those made in such statements include, but are not limited to: the synergies and other expected financial benefits from County First acquisition, or any other acquisition we might undertake in the future, may not be realized within the expected time frames; changes in The Community Financial Corporation or Community Bank of the Chesapeake’s strategy; costs or difficulties related to integration matters might be greater than expected; availability of and costs associated with obtaining adequate and timely sources of liquidity; the ability to maintain credit quality; general economic trends; changes in interest rates; loss of deposits and loan demand to other financial institutions; substantial changes in financial markets; changes in real estate value and the real estate market; regulatory changes; the impact of impact of government shutdowns or sequestration; the possibility of unforeseen events affecting the industry generally; the uncertainties associated with newly developed or acquired operations; the outcome of litigation that may arise; market disruptions and other effects of terrorist activities; and the matters described in “Item 1A Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2018, and in the Company’s other Reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

The Company’s forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those that it may discuss elsewhere in this Report or in its filings with the SEC, accessible on the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov. The Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unforeseen events, except as required under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this document in that actual results could differ materially from those indicated in such forward-looking statements, due to a variety of factors. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of this Report, and we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this Report.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that involve significant judgments and uncertainties and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. The Company considers its determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of foreclosed real estate (OREO) and the valuation of deferred tax assets to be critical accounting policies.

 

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the general practices of the United States banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.

 

Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when available. When these sources are not available, management makes estimates based upon what it considers to be the best available information.

 

  48  

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the losses that exist in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on two principles of accounting: (1) Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450 “Contingencies,” which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and are estimable and (2) FASB ASC 310 “Receivables,” which requires that losses be accrued when it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms of the loan. The loss, if any, is determined by the difference between the loan balance and the value of collateral, the present value of expected future cash flows and values observable in the secondary markets.

 

The allowance for loan losses balance is an estimate based upon management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio. The allowance includes a specific and a general component. The specific component consists of management’s evaluation of certain classified and non-accrual loans and their underlying collateral. Management assesses the ability of the borrower to repay the loan based upon all information available. Loans are examined to determine a specific allowance based upon the borrower’s payment history, economic conditions specific to the loan or borrower and other factors that would impact the borrower’s ability to repay the loan on its contractual basis. Depending on the assessment of the borrower’s ability to pay and the type, condition and value of collateral, management will establish an allowance amount specific to the loan.

 

Management uses a risk scale to assign grades to commercial relationships, which include commercial real estate, residential rentals, construction and land development, commercial loans and commercial equipment loans. Commercial loan relationships with an aggregate exposure to the Bank of $1,000,000 or greater are risk rated. Residential first mortgages, home equity and second mortgages and consumer loans are monitored on an ongoing basis based on borrower payment history. Consumer loans and residential real estate loans are classified as unrated unless they are part of a larger commercial relationship that requires grading or are troubled debt restructures or nonperforming loans with an Other Assets Especially Mentioned or higher risk rating due to a delinquent payment history.

 

The Company’s commercial loan portfolio is periodically reviewed by regulators and independent consultants engaged by management.

 

In establishing the general component of the allowance, management analyzes non-impaired loans in the portfolio including changes in the amount and type of loans. This analysis reviews trends by portfolio segment in charge-offs, delinquency, classified loans, loan concentrations and the rate of portfolio segment growth. Qualitative factors also include an assessment of the current regulatory environment, the quality of credit administration and loan portfolio management and national and local economic trends. Based upon this analysis a loss factor is applied to each loan category and the Bank adjusts the loan loss allowance by increasing or decreasing the provision for loan losses.

 

Management has significant discretion in making the judgments inherent in the determination of the allowance for loan losses, including the valuation of collateral, assessing a borrower’s prospects of repayment and in establishing loss factors on the general component of the allowance. Changes in loss factors have a direct impact on the amount of the provision and on net income. Errors in management’s assessment of the global factors and their impact on the portfolio could result in the allowance not being adequate to cover losses in the portfolio, and may result in additional provisions. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the allowance for loan losses was $11.0 million and $10.5 million, respectively, or 0.81% and 0.91%, respectively, of total loans. Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of loans decreased in 2018, primarily due to the addition of County First loans, after consummation of the legal merger on January 1, 2018, for which no allowance was provided for in accordance with purchase accounting standards. An increase or decrease in the allowance could result in a charge or credit to income before income taxes that materially impacts earnings.

 

For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, refer to Notes 1 and 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the discussion the discussion in this MD&A.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

 

The Company maintains a valuation allowance on its other real estate owned. As with the allowance for loan losses, the valuation allowance on OREO is based on FASB ASC 450 “Contingencies,” as well as the accounting guidance on impairment of long-lived assets. These statements require the Company to establish a valuation allowance when it has determined that the carrying amount of a foreclosed asset exceeds its fair value. Fair value of a foreclosed asset is measured by the cash flows expected to be realized from its subsequent disposition. These cash flows include the costs of selling or otherwise disposing of the asset.

 

  49  

 

 

In estimating the fair value of OREO, management must make significant assumptions regarding the timing and amount of cash flows. For example, in cases where the real estate acquired is undeveloped land, management must gather the best available evidence regarding the market value of the property, including appraisals, cost estimates of development and broker opinions. Due to the highly subjective nature of this evidence, as well as the limited market, long time periods involved and substantial risks, cash flow estimates are highly subjective and subject to change. Errors regarding any aspect of the costs or proceeds of developing, selling or otherwise disposing of foreclosed real estate could result in the allowance being inadequate to reduce carrying costs to fair value and may require an additional provision for valuation allowances.

 

For additional information regarding OREO, refer to Notes 1 and 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of recorded assets and liabilities. FASB ASC 740 requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

Management periodically evaluates the ability of the Company to realize the value of its deferred tax assets. If management were to determine that it would not be more likely than not that the Company would realize the full amount of the deferred tax assets, it would establish a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of the deferred tax asset to the amount it believes would be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the Company’s forecast of future taxable income and available tax-planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

 

Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income might affect the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets. Factors that may affect the Company’s ability to achieve sufficient forecasted taxable income include, but are not limited to, the following: increased competition, a decline in net interest margin, a loss of market share, decreased demand for financial services and national and regional economic conditions.

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes and the determination of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities involve a significant amount of management judgment and are based on the best information available at the time. The Company operates within federal and state taxing jurisdictions and is subject to audit in these jurisdictions.

 

For additional information regarding income taxes and deferred tax assets, refer to Notes 1 and 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Community Bank of the Chesapeake (the “Bank”) is headquartered in Southern Maryland with 12 branches located in Maryland and Virginia. The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Community Financial Corporation (the “Company”). The Bank’s branches are located in Waldorf (two branches), Bryans Road, Dunkirk, Leonardtown, La Plata (two branches), Charlotte Hall, Prince Frederick, Lusby, California, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Bank has two operation centers located at the main office in Waldorf, Maryland and in Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Company maintains five loan production offices (“LPOs”) in Annapolis, La Plata, Prince Frederick and Leonardtown, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Leonardtown LPO is co-located with the branch and the Fredericksburg LPO is co-located with the operation center.

 

The Bank has increased assets primarily with organic loan growth until its first acquisition of County First Bank in January 2018. The Bank believes that its ability to offer fast, flexible, local decision-making will continue to attract significant new business relationships. The Bank focuses its business generation efforts on targeting small and medium sized commercial businesses with revenues between $5.0 million and $35.0 million as well as local municipal agencies and not-for-profits. Our business model is customer-focused, utilizing relationship teams to provide customers with specific banker contacts and a support team to address product and service demands. Our structure provides a consistent and superior level of professional service. Being a community bank gives us the competitive advantage. Excelling at customer service is a critical part of our culture. The Bank’s marketing is also directed towards increasing its balances of transactional deposit accounts, which are all deposit accounts other than certificates of deposit. The Bank believes that increases in these account types will lessen the Bank’s dependence on higher-cost funding, such as certificates of deposit and borrowings. Although management believes that this strategy will increase financial performance over time, increasing the balances of certain products, such as commercial lending and transaction accounts, may also increase the Bank’s noninterest expense. Management recognizes that certain lending and deposit products increase the possibility of losses from credit and other risks.

 

  50  

 

 

The Company’s income is primarily earned from interest received on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, on which we pay interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is our net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Another key measure is the spread between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, which is called our net interest spread. In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees and other charges to our clients.

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed its merger of County First with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank (the “Merger”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 31, 2017, by and among the Company, the Bank and County First. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of County First issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into the right to receive 0.9543 shares of Company common stock and $2.20 in cash (the “Merger Consideration”). The $2.20 in cash represents the sum of (i) $1.00 in cash consideration (the “Cash Consideration”) plus (ii) $1.20 in Contingent Cash Consideration that was determined before the completion of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. The aggregate merger consideration consisted of 918,526 shares of the Company’s common stock and $2.1 million in cash. Based upon the $38.78 per share closing price of the Company’s common stock, the transaction value was $37.7 million.

 

The County First acquisition is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting with the Company treated as the acquirer. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of County First, as of January 1, 2018, were recorded by the Company at their respective fair values, and the excess of the merger consideration over the fair value of County First net assets was allocated to goodwill. At December 31, 2017, County First had total assets of $226.7 million, total net loans of $142.4 million and total deposits of $199.2. Approximately $160 million of the acquired deposits were stable low-cost transaction accounts that will fund planned loan growth in 2018.

 

County First had five branch offices in La Plata, Waldorf, New Market, Prince Frederick and California, Maryland. The Bank kept the La Plata branch open and consolidated the remaining four branches’ customers with legacy Community Bank of the Chesapeake branch offices in May of 2018. As of July 2018, the Company had sold all three County First owned branch building. There were no remaining leases for office space related to the County First transaction as of December 31, 2018. The closing of four of the five acquired branches in the spring of 2018 positively impacted the Company’s operating expense run rate in the second half of 2018.

 

For additional information regarding the Company’s business combination and goodwill policies as well as purchase accounting of the acquisition, refer to Notes 1 and 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Economy

 

The presence of federal government agencies, as well as significant government facilities, and the related private sector support for these entities, has led to faster economic growth in our market and lower unemployment compared to the nation as a whole. In addition, the Bank’s entry into the greater Annapolis and Fredericksburg markets has provided the Bank with additional loan and deposit opportunities. These opportunities have positively impacted the Bank’s organic growth.

 

Economic conditions, competition, and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most financial institutions, including the Bank. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in our market areas.

 

The economy continued to grow in 2018 with annual GDP growth during 2018 in excess of 2.9%. A lower stock market experienced towards the end of 2018 could impact consumer spending in 2019. However, income growth should remain strong because of low unemployment and increasing workforce participation. The Mid-Atlantic region in which the Company operates continued to experience continued improved regional economic performance. In the Bank’s footprint residential housing demand was stable during 2018 with home prices up between 3.5% to 5.0% compared to the prior year. If the Federal Reserve follows through on its recent indications that it will likely pause or end rate hikes for a period of time in 2019, this could help the Company’s repricing of interest-earning assets exceed the repricing of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Throughout 2017, the national economy continued to improve. The economy (GDP) grew 2.30% in 2017, an increase from 1.50% GDP growth in 2016. Consumer confidence has increased due to positive economic trends such as lower unemployment, increased housing metrics and solid performance in the financial markets.

 

  51  

 

 

The presence of several major federal facilities located within the Bank’s footprint and in adjoining counties contribute to economic growth. Major federal facilities include the Patuxent River Naval Air Station in St. Mary’s County, the Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center in Charles County and the Naval Surface Warfare –Naval Support Facility in King George County. In addition, there are several major federal facilities located in adjoining markets including Andrews Air Force Base and Defense Intelligence Agency & Defense Intelligence Analysis Center in Prince Georges County, Maryland and the U.S. Marine Base Quantico, Drug Enforcement Administration Quantico facility and Federal Bureau of Investigation Quantico facility in Prince William County, Virginia. These facilities directly employ thousands of local employees and serve as an important player in the region’s overall economic health.

 

The impact of government shutdowns or sequestration is more acutely felt in the Bank’s footprint. In addition to the temporary economic impact to government employees, the Bank’s business customers, which include government contractors that directly support the federal government and small businesses that indirectly support the government and its employees, can be impacted with permanent losses of revenue. A prolonged shutdown or a lack of confidence in the federal government’s ability to fund its operations could have an impact to spending and investments in the Company’s footprint.

 

The economic health of the region, while stabilized by the influence of the federal government, is not solely dependent on this sector. Calvert County is home to the Dominion Power Cove Point Liquid Natural Gas Terminal, which is one of the nation’s largest liquefied natural gas terminals and Dominion Power is currently constructing liquefaction facilities for exporting liquefied natural gas. Unemployment rates and household income in the Company’s footprint have historically performed better than the national averages.

 

  52  

 

 

2018 Operations Summary

 

The Company completed the acquisition of County First Bank (“County First”) on January 1, 2018, increasing the Company’s asset size by $200 million to just under $1.6 billion. As planned, the Company closed four of the five acquired County First branches during May of 2018. The La Plata downtown branch remains open. County First closed its Fairfax, Virginia loan production office prior to the legal merger. The first six months of 2018 included operating expenses to support the merged operations with County First Bank. The closure of four branches and reductions in headcount during the second quarter positively impacted the Company’s non-interest expense run rate in the second half of 2018 with noninterest expense decreasing to $16.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2018 compared to $21.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018.

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $11.2 million or $2.02 per diluted share compared to net income of $7.2 million or $1.56 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2017. The annual results included merger and acquisition costs net of tax of $2.7 million and $724,000 for the comparative periods. Additionally, the year ended December 31, 2017 results included $2.7 million in additional income tax expense from the revaluation of deferred tax assets because of the reduction in the corporate income tax rates under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The impact of merger and acquisition costs and the adjustments to deferred tax assets in 2017 resulted in a reduction to earnings per share of $0.49 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $0.75 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company’s ROAA and ROACE were 0.70% and 7.53% in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 0.52% and 6.55% in the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Pretax net income decreased $964,000 or 5.9% to $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company’s pretax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 0.96% and 10.33%, respectively, compared to 1.19% and 14.88%, respectively, for 2017. The decrease in pretax income was due to increases in noninterest expense of $8.1 million and the provision for loan losses of $395,000 partially offset increases in net interest income of $7.5 million.

 

Net interest margin increased for the year ended December 31, 2018 six basis points from 3.37% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 3.43% for the year ended December 31, 2018. This year over year stability in margins was primarily due to the acquisition of lower cost County First transaction deposits as well as the acquisition of additional transaction deposits which changed the overall funding mix of the Bank’s interest-bearing liabilities. If the impacts of $742,000 of accretion interest were excluded, net interest margin for 2018 would have reduced five basis points to 3.38%. The Company was successful at controlling its overall deposit and funding costs. Cumulative deposit and funding betas between December 31, 2016-2018 were less than 30%.

 

The Company reported operating net income 2 of $13.9 million, or $2.51 per share in the year ended December 31, 2018. This compares to operating net income of $10.7 million, or $2.31 per share in the year ended December 31, 2017. The $3.2 million or 30.4% increase in operating net income was due to increased net interest income and non-interest income of $7.5 million and $27,000 as well as a lower income tax expense of $1.4 million. This was partially offset by increased loan loss provisions of $395,000 and non-interest expense of $5.3 million.

 

The Company’s operating ROAA and operating ROACE were 0.87% and 9.34% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 0.78% and 9.70% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

The Company’s operating net income increased as expected in the second half of 2018. Operating net income increased to $7.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2018 compared to $6.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018. The increase in earnings in the third and fourth quarters was primarily the result of decreased merger costs, the reduction in the Company’s expense run rate with the successful integration of the County First transaction and increased net interest income.

 

The efficiency ratio and net operating expense ratios for the year ended December 31, 2018 were 69.42% and 2.13%, respectively compared to 63.37% and 1.89%, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in the efficiency and net operating expense ratios in 2018 reflect the costs associated with the merger, the higher employee headcount for the first six months of 2018 and the duplication of systems and resources to integrate County First during 2018.

 

 

2 The Company defines operating net income as net income before merger and acquisition costs and the deferred tax adjustment for Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Operating earnings per share, operating return on average assets and operating return on average common equity is calculated using adjusted operating net income. See Non-GAAP reconciliation schedules that immediately follow: Item 6 – Selected Financial Data.

 

  53  

 

 

The following were balance sheet highlights for 2018:

 

· Gross loans increased 17.1% or $196.9 million from $1,150.0 million at December 31, 2017 to $1,346.9 million at December 31, 2018, due to the County First acquisition and $90.0 million or 7.8% growth in the Company’s legacy portfolios.

 

· Transaction accounts increased $328.0 million, or 50.1% to $982.6 million at December 31, 2018 from $654.6 million at December 31, 2018. Transaction deposit accounts increased to 68.7% of deposits at December 31, 2018 from 59.2% of deposits at December 31, 2017. The County First transaction accounted for approximately $168 million of the $328 million increase in transaction deposits.

 

· Total deposits have increased $323.4 million to $1,429.6 million in 2018, which included an increase in transaction accounts of $328.0 million and a decrease in time deposits of $4.6 million.

 

· Wholesale funding decreased in 2018, primarily due to the Bank’s increased liquidity from deposit acquisition. Wholesale funding as a percentage of assets decreased to 6.43% at December 31, 2018 from 18.63% at December 31, 2017. Wholesale funding includes brokered deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances. Wholesale funding decreased $153.4 million or 59% to $108.5 million at December 31, 2018 from $261.9 million at December 31, 2017.

 

· Liquidity has improved with the increase in transaction deposits and decrease in wholesale funding. The Company’s net loan to deposit ratio has decreased from 103.1% at December 31, 2017 to 93.5% at December 31, 2018. The Company used available on-balance sheet liquidity during 2018 to fund loans, increase investments and pay down wholesale funding.

 

· Classified assets as a percentage of assets improved in 2018, decreased 116 basis points from 3.58% at December 31, 2017 to 2.42% at December 31, 2018.

 

· Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs to total assets increased 31 basis points to 2.02% at December 31, 2018 from 1.71% at December 31, 2017.

 

2017 Operations Summary

 

Net income for year ended December 31, 2017 was $7.2 million or $1.56 per diluted share after the inclusion of the additional tax expense under the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the expenses associated with the acquisition of County First. The additional income tax and merger and acquisition costs of $724,000, net of tax, resulted in a reduction of earnings per share of approximately $0.75 per share for 2017. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $7.3 million or $1.59 per diluted share.

 

Pretax income increased $4.6 million or 39.3% to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s pretax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 1.19% and 14.88%, respectively, compared to 0.96% and 11.36%, respectively, for 2016. The Company’s after-tax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 0.52% and 6.55%, respectively, compared to 0.60% and 7.09%, respectively, for 2016.

 

Although the increased tax expense related to the deferred tax revaluation and merger and acquisition costs decreased net income, earnings per share and returns on average assets and common equity for the year, management believed the reduced federal income tax rate and the efficiencies from the County First acquisition would be accretive in 2018. The Company completed a strong 2017 with operating net income growing at a record pace for the Company. Operating earnings per share increased to $2.31 per share, an increase of $0.72 or 45% from $1.59 per share in 2016. Operating return on average assets and operating return on average common equity increased to 0.78% and 9.70%, respectively, compared to 0.60% and 7.09% in 2016.

 

We accomplished the increased profitability primarily by controlling expense growth and improving asset quality. The Company’s efficiency ratio averaged in the low 60s for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company’s cost control efforts and continued asset growth continued to create operating leverage in 2017.

 

  54  

 

 

Average loans increased $125.5 million or 12.7% from $988.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1,113.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Overall, end of period loan growth for 2017 of $61.1 million or 5.6% was lower than the Company’s planned 8% to 9% growth. The Company’s two largest portfolios, commercial real estate and residential rentals grew $60.2 million or 9.0% to $727.3 million and $8.3 million or 8.2% to $110.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Other portfolios decreased a net of $7.5 million or 2.3% to $312.5 million. The decrease in other portfolios included a $630,000 decrease in the residential first mortgage portfolio to $170.4 million and a $9.1 million decrease in the construction and land development to $27.9 million. During 2017, management directed its focus to higher yielding commercial real estate and construction loans and deemphasized residential first mortgage lending.

 

Deposits increased by 6.5%, or $67.4 million, to $1,106.2 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $1,038.8 million at December 31, 2016. During 2017, balance sheet growth was balanced, with deposit growth of $67.4 million slightly exceeding loan growth of $61.1 million. Retail deposits, which include all deposits except traditional brokered deposits, increased a total of $79.4 million, comprised of increases in transaction accounts of $48.6 million and time deposits of $30.8 million. These retail increases to deposits were partially offset by a decrease to brokered deposits of $12.0 million.

 

  55  

 

 

COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Earnings Summary

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $11.2 million or $2.02 per diluted share compared to net income of $7.2 million or $1.56 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2017. The annual results included merger and acquisition costs net of tax of $2.7 million and $724,000 for the comparative periods. Additionally, the year ended December 31, 2017 results included $2.7 million in additional income tax expense from the revaluation of deferred tax assets because of the reduction in the corporate income tax rates under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The impact of merger and acquisition costs for the comparative years and the adjustments to deferred tax assets in 2017 resulted in a reduction to earnings per share of $0.49 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $0.75 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company’s ROAA and ROACE were 0.70% and 7.53% in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 0.52% and 6.55% in the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Net income for 2018 compared to 2017 increased due to additional net interest income from a larger balance sheet, a lower 2018 effective tax rate as well as the impact in 2017 of the $2.7 million in additional income tax expense from the revaluation of deferred tax assets partially offset by higher noninterest expenses and loan loss provisions. Earnings improved beginning in the second half of 2018 as a result of a change in the funding composition of the Bank’s interest-bearing liabilities with the acquisition of County First as well as organic deposit growth; the control of operating costs; and, moderate organic loan growth. A normalized expense run rate and the anticipated cost savings from the acquisition began to be realized during the second half of 2018.

 

Income before taxes (pretax net income) decreased $964,000 or 5.9% to $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company’s pretax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 0.96% and 10.33%, respectively, compared to 1.19% and 14.88%, respectively, for 2017. The decrease in pretax income was due to increases in noninterest expense of $8.1 million and the provision for loan losses of $395,000 partially offset increases in net interest income of $7.5 million.

 

In 2018, pretax net income was lower than 2017 due to merger and acquisition costs as well as duplicative expenses related to integrating County First operation. The Company’s profitability increased in the second half of 2018 with efficiencies realized from the successful execution of the County First acquisition. Earnings per share increased $0.75 from $0.64 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 to $1.39 for the six months ended December 31, 2018. ROAA and ROACE increased from 0.45% and 4.84% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 0.94% and 10.15% for the six months ended December 31, 2018.

 

The Company’s efficiency ratio increased from 63.37% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 69.42%, primarily as a result of merger expenses and duplicative costs related to the County First Bank acquisition in the first six months of 2018. The efficiency ratio improved in the second half of 2018 from 78.64% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 60.36% for the six months ended December 31, 2018. The Company has pursued a strategy of increasing operating leverage over the last several years. This occurs when the Company increases its assets, and by extension its net interest income, while limiting increases in noninterest expense. In order for this to be effective, the Company must simultaneously pursue the following; increase the asset size while maintaining asset quality, increase funding at an economically viable cost, and control noninterest expense growth.

 

The first half of 2018 included $3.6 million in merger-related costs, which included termination costs of County First’s core processing contract as well as investment banking fees, legal fees and the costs of employee agreements and severance for terminations. The total merger-related costs were not significant in the third and fourth quarters of 2018. In addition, the Company continued to carry a small amount of additional noninterest expense in the second half of 2018 related to duplicate vendors and processes that were discontinued. The increase in noninterest expense was partially offset by an increase in net interest income realized from the integrated operations of County First and from a lower effective tax rate.

 

A more detailed analysis comparing the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 follows.

 

  56  

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

The primary component of the Company’s net income is its net interest income, which is the difference between income earned on assets and interest paid on the deposits and borrowings used to fund them. Net interest income is affected by the difference between the yields earned on the Company’s interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the relative amounts of such assets and liabilities. Net interest income, divided by average interest-earning assets, represents the Company’s net interest margin.

 

Net interest income totaled $50.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which represents a $7.5 million, or 17.3%, increase from $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Net interest income increased during 2018 compared to the prior year as the positive impacts of average interest-earning asset growth and increased loans and investment yields outpaced the negative impacts of increasing funding costs and growth in the average balances of interest-bearing liabilities. The Company has controlled the rising cost of funding over the last 24 months with cumulative deposit and funding betas 3 between December 31, 2016-2018 of less than 30%.

 

Average total earning assets increased $194.9 million, or 15.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $1,483.7 million compared to $1,288.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in average total earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2018 from the comparable period in 2017, resulted primarily from a $168.5 million, or 15.1%, increase in average loans as a result of organic growth and the acquisition of County First and a $26.3 million, or 15.1%, increase in average investments. Interest income increased $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the same period of 2017. The increase in interest income resulted from larger average balances of interest-earning assets contributing $8.6 million and higher interest yields accounting for $3.0 million.

 

Average total interest-bearing liabilities increased $121.0 million, or 11.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $1,223.1 million compared to $1,102.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. During the same timeframe, average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $63.7 million, or 41.3%, to $217.9 million compared to $154.2 million. Interest expense increased $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the same period of 2017. The increase in interest expense resulted from higher interest rates accounting for $4.3 million. Funding costs from a change in the composition of funding liabilities resulted in a small decrease of $163,000 to interest expense. For the comparative periods, average short-term borrowings and long-term debt decreased $72.5 million and was replaced with increases to average transaction accounts, which include savings, demand and money market, and noninterest-bearing accounts. During the year ended December 31, 2018, average transaction accounts increased $247.9 million or 39.5% to $875.5 million from $627.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. During the same timeframe average time deposits increased slightly, $9.3 million or 2.1%, to $452.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

The increase in transaction accounts with the acquisition of County First, as well as organic transaction deposit growth during 2018 helped control the increase in deposit costs, minimized deposit betas and positively impacted net interest margin. The pay down of wholesale funding also positively impacted margins. Brokered deposits and FHLB advances were paid down $153.4 million in 2018 and replaced with retail deposits. Retail deposits, which include all deposits except brokered deposits, increased $389.3 million or 39.4% from $987.2 million at December 31, 2017 to $1,376.5 million at December 31, 2018.

 

Reciprocal deposits are included in retail transaction deposits and are used to maximize FDIC insurance available to our customers. Reciprocal deposits increased $142.0 million or 152.9% to $234.9 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $92.9 million at December 31, 2017. During 2018, the increase in reciprocal deposits were at lower funding costs than wholesale funding and in-market time deposits. In rising interest rate environments, reciprocal deposits are more exposed to interest rate sensitivity than other retail funding sources. The Company will manage the amount of total reciprocal deposit balances to mitigate interest rate risk exposures.

 

Liquidity has improved with the increase in transaction deposits and decrease in wholesale funding. The Company’s net loan to deposit ratio decreased to 93.5% at December 31, 2018 from 103.1% at December 31, 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the average loan to deposit ratios were 96.6% and 104.0%, respectively. Management is optimistic that increased liquidity, improved funding composition and the ability to migrate available liquidity into higher yielding interest-earning assets will positively impact net interest income and margins during 2019.

 

 

3 The Company’s actual betas were calculated measuring the changes in deposit rates and overall funding rates compared to the Federal Funds Rate.

 

  57  

 

 

Net interest margin of 3.43% for the year ended December 31, 2018, was six basis points higher than the 3.37% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The stability of the Bank’s margin was primarily due to the acquisition of lower cost County First transaction deposits as well as the acquisition of additional transaction deposits which changed the overall funding mix of the Bank’s interest-bearing liabilities. Interest earning asset yields increased 23 basis points from 4.16% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 4.39% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Interest income in 2018 was impacted from $742,000 of interest income accretion due to the recognition of the acquired performing fair value mark related to County First as well as the addition of higher yielding loans from the County First acquisition. If the impacts of accretion interest were excluded, net interest margin for 2018 would have reduced five basis points to 3.38%.

 

The Company’s cost of funds increased 18 basis points from 0.81% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 0.99% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Funding costs were positively impacted as the percentage of funding coming from noninterest-bearing deposits increased from 12.1% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 15.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Wholesale and time-based funding rates are typically more sensitive to rising interest rates than transactional deposits. Compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, average interest rates on certificates of deposits in 2018 increased by 46 basis points in the year ended December 31, 2018 to 1.46%. During the same comparable periods, interest-bearing transactional deposits increased by 30 basis points from 0.32% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 0.62% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in average interest rates on CDs and on interest bearing transactional accounts was primarily due to increases in the federal funds target rate. The Company’s increases in transaction deposits during the last twelve months have decreased downward pressure on net interest margin. The ability to increase transaction deposits faster than wholesale funding mitigated net interest margin compression in the rising rate environment of 2018.

 

The following table shows the components of net interest income and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Interest and Dividend Income                                
Loans, including fees   $ 59,755     $ 49,611     $ 10,144       20.4 %
Taxable interest and dividends on investment securities     5,153       3,906       1,247       31.9 %
Interest on deposits with banks     265       53       212       400.0 %
Total Interest and Dividend Income     65,173       53,570       11,603       21.7 %
                                 
Interest Expenses                                
Deposits     10,682       5,946       4,736       79.7 %
Short-term borrowings     767       1,057       (290 )     (27.4 )%
Long-term debt     2,837       3,179       (342 )     (10.8 )%
Total Interest Expenses     14,286       10,182       4,104       40.3 %
                                 
Net Interest Income (NII)   $ 50,887     $ 43,388     $ 7,499       17.3 %

 

Changes in the components of net interest income due to changes in average balances of assets and liabilities and to changes caused by changes in interest rates are presented in the rate volume analysis included below.

 

The following table shows the change in interest-earning asset (“IEA”) composition and average yields for the comparable periods.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    Average     Average     Percentage     Average     Average     Percentage  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Yield     of IEAs     Balance     Yield     of IEAs  
Loan portfolio (1)   $ 1,282,292       4.66 %     86.43 %   $ 1,113,822       4.45 %     86.42 %
Investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits     201,360       2.69 %     13.57 %     175,027       2.26 %     13.58 %
Interest-Earning Assets   $ 1,483,652       4.39 %     100.00 %   $ 1,288,849       4.16 %     100.00 %

 

  58  

 

 

The table below presents information on average balances and rates for deposits.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,        
    2018     2017  
    Average     Average     Average     Average  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate  
Savings   $ 73,268       0.08 %   $ 53,560       0.05 %
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     584,341       0.69 %     419,817       0.35 %
Certificates of deposit     452,494       1.46 %     443,181       1.00 %
Total interest-bearing deposits     1,110,103       0.96 %     916,558       0.65 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     217,897               154,225          
    $ 1,328,000       0.80 %   $ 1,070,783       0.56 %

 

The following table shows the change in funding sources and the cost of funds for the comparable periods.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    Average     Average     Percentage     Average     Average     Percentage  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Rate     Funding     Balance     Rate     Funding  
Interest-bearing deposits   $ 1,110,103       0.96 %     77.04 %   $ 916,558       0.65 %     72.96 %
Debt     112,970       3.19 %     7.84 %     185,501       2.28 %     14.77 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,223,073       1.17 %     84.88 %     1,102,059       0.92 %     87.72 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     217,897               15.12 %     154,225               12.28 %
Total funds   $ 1,440,970       0.99 %     100.00 %   $ 1,256,284       0.81 %     100.00 %

 

  59  

 

 

The table below illustrates changes in interest income and interest expense of the Bank for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate); and (2) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume). Changes in rate-volume (changes in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been allocated to changes due to volume.

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

compared to the Year Ended

December 31, 2017

 

          Due to        
dollars in thousands   Volume     Rate     Total  
                   
Interest income:                        
Loan portfolio (1)   $ 7,851     $ 2,293     $ 10,144  
Investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits     709       750       1,459  
Total interest-earning assets   $ 8,560     $ 3,043     $ 11,603  
                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
Savings     17       18       35  
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     1,132       1,407       2,539  
Certificates of deposit     136       2,026       2,162  
Long-term debt     (550 )     90       (460 )
Short-term borrowings     (898 )     608       (290 )
Subordinated notes     -       -       -  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated debentures     -       118       118  
Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ (163 )   $ 4,267     $ 4,104  
Net change in net interest income   $ 8,723     $ (1,224 )   $ 7,499  

 

(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans. There are no tax equivalency adjustments. There was $742,000 of accretion interest during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

  60  

 

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    Average           Avg. Yield     Average           Avg. Yield  
dollars in thousands   Balance     Interest     /Cost     Balance     Interest     /Cost  
Assets                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 833,355     $ 38,417       4.61 %   $ 699,349     $ 30,897       4.42 %
Residential first mortgages     162,505       6,004       3.69 %     176,186       6,636       3.77 %
Residential rentals     126,491       6,215       4.91 %     106,000       4,897       4.62 %
Construction and land development     28,489       1,583       5.56 %     33,798       1,677       4.96 %
Home equity and second mortgages     37,862       1,992       5.26 %     21,515       943       4.38 %
Commercial and equipment loans     103,537       5,490       5.30 %     86,871       4,524       5.21 %
Consumer loans     798       54       6.77 %     477       37       7.76 %
Allowance for loan losses     (10,745 )     -       0.00 %     (10,374 )     -       0.00 %
Loan portfolio (1)     1,282,292       59,755       4.66 %     1,113,822       49,611       4.45 %
Investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits     201,360       5,418       2.69 %     175,027       3,959       2.26 %
Interest-Earning Assets ("IEAs")     1,483,652       65,173       4.39 %     1,288,849       53,570       4.16 %
Cash and cash equivalents     23,579                       15,012                  
Goodwill     10,439                       -                  
Core deposit intangible     3,209                       -                  
Other assets     82,514                       73,122                  
Total Assets   $ 1,603,393                     $ 1,376,983                  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                                
Savings   $ 73,268     $ 62       0.08 %   $ 53,560     $ 27       0.05 %
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     584,341       4,020       0.69 %     419,817       1,481       0.35 %
Certificates of deposit     452,494       6,600       1.46 %     443,181       4,438       1.00 %
Long-term debt     35,684       853       2.39 %     58,704       1,313       2.24 %
Short-term borrowings     42,286       767       1.81 %     91,797       1,057       1.15 %
Subordinated Notes     23,000       1,438       6.25 %     23,000       1,438       6.25 %
Guaranteed preferred beneficial  interest in junior subordinated debentures     12,000       546       4.55 %     12,000       428       3.57 %
                                                 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities ("IBLs")     1,223,073       14,286       1.17 %     1,102,059       10,182       0.92 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     217,897                       154,225                  
Other liabilities     13,295                       10,720                  
Stockholders' equity     149,128                       109,979                  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   $ 1,603,393                     $ 1,376,983                  
Net interest income           $ 50,887                     $ 43,388          
Interest rate spread                     3.22 %                     3.24 %
Net yield on interest-earning assets                     3.43 %                     3.37 %
Avg. loans to avg. deposits                     96.56 %                     104.02 %
Avg. transaction deposits to total avg. deposits **                     65.93 %                     58.61 %
Ratio of average IEAs to average IBLs                     121.31 %                     116.95 %
Cost of funds                     0.99 %                     0.81 %
Cost of deposits                     0.80 %                     0.56 %
Cost of debt                     3.19 %                     2.28 %

 

(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans. There are no tax equivalency adjustments. There was $742,000 of accretion interest during the year ended December 31, 2018.

** Transaction deposits exclude time deposits.

 

  61  

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The following table shows the dollar and percentage changes for the provision for loan losses for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Provision for loan losses   $ 1,405     $ 1,010     $ 395       39.1 %

 

The provision for loan losses increased $395,000 to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Net charge-offs increased $589,000 from $355,000 or 0.03% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $944,000 or 0.07% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2018. Moderate organic loan growth of 7.8%, charge-offs of 0.07% of average loans and continued improvement in charge-off factors and certain qualitative factors kept the provisioning in line with the prior year.

 

See further discussion of the provision under the caption “Asset Quality” in the Comparison of Financial Condition section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

 

Noninterest Income

 

The following table shows the components of noninterest income and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Noninterest Income                                
Loan appraisal, credit, and miscellaneous charges   $ 183     $ 157     $ 26       16.6 %
Gain on sale of assets     1       47       (46 )     (97.9 )%
Net gains on sale of investment securities     -       175       (175 )     (100.0 )%
Unrealized losses on equity securities     (81 )     -       (81 )     n/a  
Income from bank owned life insurance     902       773       129       16.7 %
Service charges     3,063       2,595       468       18.0 %
Gain on sale of loans held for sale     -       294       (294 )     (100.0 )%
Total Noninterest Income   $ 4,068     $ 4,041     $ 27       0.7 %

 

Noninterest income was essentially flat at $4.1 million for the comparable periods. The small increase of $27,000 for the comparable periods included increased service charge and miscellaneous income of $494,000 due to a larger customer base with the acquisition of County First and the growth in organic deposits. In addition, Bank Owned Life Insurance acquired in the County First transaction of approximately $6.3 million increased non-interest income by $129,000 compared to the prior year comparable period. These increases to noninterest income were partially offset by decreases of $515,000 for gains on assets sold, loan sales and investment sales recognized in 2017. There were no investment or loan sales in 2018. In addition, unrealized losses on equity securities of $81,000 were recognized in 2018 to comply with a new accounting standard effective in the first quarter of 2018 that requires recognition of changes in the fair value flow through the Company’s statement of income.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company recognized net gains on the sale of securities of $175,000. The Company sold three AFS securities with aggregate carrying values of $3.7 million and nine HTM securities with aggregate carrying values of $4.8 million, recognizing gains of $9,000 and $166,000, respectively. The sale of HTM securities was permitted under ASC 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” ASC 320 permits the sale of HTM securities for certain changes in circumstances.

 

  62  

 

 

Noninterest Expense

 

The following tables show the components of noninterest expense and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Noninterest Expense                                
Salary and employee benefits   $ 19,548     $ 16,758     $ 2,790       16.6 %
Occupancy expense     3,116       2,632       484       18.4 %
Advertising     671       543       128       23.6 %
Data processing expense     3,020       2,354       666       28.3 %
Professional fees     1,513       1,662       (149 )     (9.0 )%
Merger and acquisition costs     3,625       829       2,796       337.3 %
Depreciation of premises and equipment     810       786       24       3.1 %
Telephone communications     277       191       86       45.0 %
Office supplies     149       119       30       25.2 %
FDIC Insurance     654       638       16       2.5 %
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     657       703       (46 )     (6.5 )%
Core deposit intangible amortization     784       -       784       n/a  
Other     3,325       2,839       486       17.1 %
Total Noninterest Expense   $ 38,149     $ 30,054     $ 8,095       26.9 %

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Salary and employee benefits   $ 19,548     $ 16,758     $ 2,790       16.6 %
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     657       703       (46 )     (6.5 )%
Merger and acquisition costs     3,625       829       2,796       337.3 %
Operating expenses     14,319       11,764       2,555       21.7 %
Total Noninterest Expense   $ 38,149     $ 30,054     $ 8,095       26.9 %

 

In 2018, noninterest expenses increased $8.1 million, or 26.9% to $38.2 million compared to the prior year, which amount included $3.6 million in merger related expenses. 2017 noninterest expense totaled $30.1 million which amount included $829,000 in merger-related expenses. Year-over-year increases in noninterest expenses, other than merger and acquisition costs, were due primarily to increases in salary and employee benefits attributable to the addition of County First employees. The Company decreased employee headcount from a high of 200 full time equivalent (“FTEs”) employees during the first quarter of 2018 to 189 FTEs in the fourth quarter of 2018. Other increases from the comparable periods were to occupancy expense, data processing expense, core deposit intangible amortization and advertising expense, all of which were due to the acquisition of County First and a larger balance sheet. The Company closed four of the five acquired branches in May 2018. The three held for sale County First branches were sold by July 2018. Branch closings positively impacted the Company’s expense run rate in the third and fourth quarters of 2018.

 

The following is a breakdown to OREO expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     $ Change  
Valuation allowance   $ 532     $ 600     $ (68 )
Losses (gains) on dispositions     8       (43 )     51  
OREO operating expenses     117       146       (29 )
    $ 657     $ 703     $ (46 )

 

The Company disposed of commercial real estate for proceeds of $807,000 and a gain of $4,000 along with residential lots for proceeds of $190,000 and a loss of $12,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company disposed of five residential properties and multiple residential lots for proceeds of $1.5 million and a gain of $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

  63  

 

 

The Company’s efficiency ratio was 69.42% in 2018 compared to 63.37% in 2017. The Company’s net operating expense ratio was 2.13% in 2018 compared to 1.89% in 2017. The increase in the efficiency and net operating expense ratios in 2018 reflect the costs associated with the merger, higher employee headcount for the first six months of 2018 and the duplication of systems and resources to integrate County First during 2018.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded income tax expense of $4.2 million and $9.2 million, respectively. The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate was 27.10% for the year ended December 31, 2018, due to lower tax rates enacted with the passage of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act of 2017 partially offset by certain non-deductible merger-related expenses and holding company expenses that are not deductible for state tax purposes.

 

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate was 55.95% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company’s 2017 income tax expense increased $2.7 million due to the revaluation of deferred tax assets because of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate under the enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act which was enacted on December 22, 2017. In addition, income tax expense was impacted by non-deductible facilitative merger and acquisition costs of $724,000. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily the result of the revaluation of deferred tax assets. In addition, the Company’s federal tax rate increased from 34% in 2016 to 35% in 2017. See Note 13 for additional information.

 

  64  

 

 

COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Earnings Summary

 

Net income for year ended December 31, 2017 was $7.2 million or $1.56 per diluted share after the inclusion of the additional tax expense of $2.7million under the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and merger and acquisition costs of $724,000, net of tax, associated with the acquisition of County First Bank. The combined impact of the deferred tax adjustment and merger and acquisition costs, resulted in a reduction of earnings per share of approximately $0.75 per share for 2017. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $7.3 million or $1.59 per diluted share. The Company’s after-tax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 0.52% and 6.55%, respectively, compared to 0.60% and 7.09%, respectively, for 2016.

 

Although the increased tax expense related to the deferred tax revaluation and merger and acquisition costs decreased net income, earnings per share and returns on average assets and common equity for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company believes the reduced federal income tax rate and the efficiencies from the County First acquisition will be accretive in 2018.

 

The Company has pursued a strategy of increasing operating leverage over the last several years. This occurs when the Company increases its assets, and by extension its net interest income, while limiting increases in noninterest expense. In order for this to be effective, the Company must simultaneously pursue the following; increase the asset size while maintaining asset quality, increase funding at an economically viable cost, and control noninterest expense growth.

 

The Company completed a very strong 2017 with pretax net income growing at a record pace. Income before taxes (pretax net income) increased $4.6 million or 39.3% to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s pretax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 1.19% and 14.88%, respectively, compared to 0.96% and 11.36%, respectively, for 2016.

 

The increase in operating income and operating leverage in 2017 was primarily due to the following:

 

· Net interest income was $43.4 million in 2017, an increase of $3.5 million, or 8.7%, compared to 2016.

 

o Interest income increased $5.5 million. The increase was driven by increased average interest-earning assets including increased average loan balances. The Bank increased average net loan balances $125.5 million to $1,113.8 million in 2017 from $988.3 million in 2016. The effect of loan volume on interest income was partially offset by yield declines.

 

o Interest expense increased $2.0 million which partially offset increased interest income. The primary reason for the increase in interest expense was larger average interest-bearing liability balances and an increase in the cost of wholesale and time-based funding.

 

§ The average balances of interest-bearing liabilities increased $127.7 million to $1,102.1 million in 2017 from $974.4 million for 2016.

 

§ The Company’s cost of funds, which includes noninterest-bearing funding, increased by eight basis points from the 2016 comparable period to 0.81% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Wholesale and time-based funding rates are typically more sensitive to rising interest rates than transactional deposits. Compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, interest rates in 2017 increased by 14 basis points to 1.00% on certificates of deposit, while interest-bearing transactional deposits increased by five basis points to 0.32%. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) short-term borrowings increased by 66 basis points to 1.15% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 0.49% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s increases in transaction deposits during the last twelve months have decreased downward pressure on net interest margin. The ability to increase transaction deposits faster than wholesale funding could mitigate possible downward pressure on net interest margin in a rising rate environment.

 

  65  

 

 

· The Company controlled expense growth. Noninterest expense increased $459,000, or 1.6%, to $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $29.6 million the prior year. Merger and acquisition costs (M&A costs) of $829,000 were incurred in 2017. These costs were not incurred in 2016 and excluding M&A costs in 2017, noninterest expense was $29.2 million, a decrease of $370,000, or 1.3%, compared to 2016.

 

During 2017 net operating expense as a percentage of average assets and the efficiency ratio declined (improved) compared to the prior year to 1.89% and 63.37%, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 2.10% and 67.72%, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

· The Company’s continued improvement in asset quality as well as slower 2017 loan growth, have positively impacted pretax earnings. The Company’s improving credit metrics have partially offset the provisioning required to provide for loan growth. The provision for loan losses decreased $1.3 million, or 57.2%, to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Overall credit metrics improved during 2017; this improvement with more modest loan growth of 5.6% (compared to 18.5% in 2016) kept the loan loss provision below the prior year. Net charge-offs of 0.03% of average loans were the lowest since before the financial crisis (2007 was 0.04)%. Nonaccrual loans and OREO decreased $2.2 million to $14.0 million from $16.2 million at December 31, 2016; this is a reduction from 1.21% of assets at December 31, 2016 to 1.00% of assets at December 31, 2017. Although the overall credit trend was positive, the third and fourth quarter of 2017 saw increases to substandard and special mention loans and delinquency. Improvements to baseline charge-off factors for the periods used to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance as well as improvements in some qualitative factors, such as slower portfolio growth, were offset by increases in other qualitative factors, such as concentration to capital factors and increased classified assets. Management believes that the allowance is adequate.

 

A more detailed analysis comparing the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 follows.

 

Net Interest Income

 

The primary component of the Company’s net income is its net interest income, which is the difference between income earned on assets and interest paid on the deposits and borrowings used to fund them. Net interest income is affected by the difference between the yields earned on the Company’s interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the relative amounts of such assets and liabilities. Net interest income, divided by average interest-earning assets, represents the Company’s net interest margin.

 

Net interest income increased 8.7% or $3.5 million to $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $39.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net interest margin at 3.37% for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased 11 basis points from 3.48% for the year ended December 31, 2016. Average interest-earning assets were $1,288.8 million for the full year of 2017, an increase of $143.3 million, or 12.5%, compared to $1,145.5 million for the full year of 2016.

 

  66  

 

 

The following table shows the components of net interest income and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2017     2016     $ Change     % Change  
Interest and Dividend Income                                
Loans, including fees   $ 49,611     $ 44,919     $ 4,692       10.4 %
Taxable interest and dividends on investment securities     3,906       3,108       798       25.7 %
Interest on deposits with banks     53       20       33       165.0 %
Total Interest and Dividend Income     53,570       48,047       5,523       11.5 %
                                 
Interest Expenses                                
Deposits     5,946       4,695       1,251       26.6 %
Short-term borrowings     1,057       196       861       439.3 %
Long-term debt     3,179       3,251       (72 )     (2.2 )%
Total Interest Expenses     10,182       8,142       2,040       25.1 %
                                 
Net Interest Income (NII)   $ 43,388     $ 39,905     $ 3,483       8.7 %

 

Net interest income increased during 2017 compared to the prior year as the positive impacts of average interest-earning asset growth and increased investment yields outpaced the negative impacts of declining loan yields, increasing funding costs and growth in the average balances of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

The net interest margin was 3.37% for the year ended December 31, 2017, an 11 basis point decrease from 3.48% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in net interest margin was largely the result of an increase in the cost of funding (eight basis points) and a decrease in interest-earning asset yields (three basis points). Net interest margin declined during the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to reduced yields on loans and an increase in cost of funds. Yields on the loan portfolio decreased from 4.55% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to 4.45% for year ended December 31, 2017. Yields were reduced compared to the prior year due primarily to the Bank’s increased investment in residential mortgages during 2016, competition for commercial real estate loans and other commercial loans and the timing of scheduled repricing of the Bank’s loan portfolios.

 

An increase in the cost of funds impacted net interest margin for the comparable periods. The cost of funds increased eight basis points to 0.81% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 0.73% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company continued to control deposit costs by increasing transaction deposits as a percentage of overall deposits. Average transaction deposits, which include savings, money market, interest-bearing demand and noninterest bearing demand accounts, for the years ended December 31, 2017 increased $56.0 million, or 9.8%, to $627.6 million compared to $571.6 million for the comparable period in 2016. Average transaction accounts as a percentage of total deposits remained stable at 58.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 58.6% for the years ended December 31, 2017. The increase in average transaction deposits included growth in noninterest bearing demand deposits of $12.1 million, or 8.5%, from $142.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $154.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Interest and dividend income increased by $5.5 million to $53.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $48.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to growth in the average balance of loans and investments. Interest and dividend income also increased due to increased investment yields. Interest and dividend income on loans increased $5.6 million due to growth of $125.5 million, or 12.7%, in the average balance of loans from $988.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1,113.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Interest and dividend income on investments increased $831,000 during 2017 compared to the prior year as average interest-earning investment balances increased $17.9 million and average yields increased from 1.99% to 2.26%. These increases to interest and dividend income were partially offset by decreased income from reduced yields on loans. Average loan yields declined 10 basis points from 4.55% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to 4.45% for the year ended December 31, 2017, which resulted in a decrease in interest and dividend income of $899,000.

 

  67  

 

 

Interest expense increased $2.0 million to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 due to an increase in the average balances of interest-bearing liabilities and increased funding costs between the comparable periods. During the year ended December 31, 2017, interest expense increased $1.0 million due to larger average balances of interest-bearing transaction deposit accounts, time deposits and short-term FHLB borrowings compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Additionally, interest expense increased $1.1 million due to increased rates on interest-bearing deposit accounts, short-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures (“TRUPS”). These increases to interest expense were partially offset by a reduction in interest expense for long-term debt of $143,000 due to a $1.8 million decrease in average long-term debt balances to $58.7 million and a lower average interest rate of 2.24%.

 

As a result of an increase in average short-term borrowings, the average rate paid on debt, which includes long-term debt, TRUPS, subordinated notes, and short-term borrowings, decreased from 2.55% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to 2.28% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Changes in the components of net interest income due to changes in average balances of assets and liabilities and to changes caused by changes in interest rates are presented in the rate volume analysis included below. The table below presents information on average balances and rates for deposits.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,        
    2017     2016  
    Average     Average     Average     Average  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate  
Savings   $ 53,560       0.05 %   $ 48,878       0.08 %
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     419,817       0.35 %     380,592       0.30 %
Certificates of deposit     443,181       1.00 %     409,621       0.86 %
Total interest-bearing deposits     916,558       0.65 %     839,091       0.56 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     154,225               142,116          
    $ 1,070,783       0.56 %   $ 981,207       0.48 %

 

The following table shows the change in funding sources and the cost of funds for the comparable periods.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016  
    Average     Average     Percentage     Average     Average     Percentage  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Rate     Funding     Balance     Rate     Funding  
Interest-bearing deposits   $ 916,558       0.65 %     72.96 %   $ 839,091       0.56 %     75.15 %
Debt     185,501       2.28 %     14.77 %     135,305       2.55 %     12.12 %
Total interest-bearing Liabilities     1,102,059       0.92 %     87.72 %     974,396       0.84 %     87.27 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     154,225               12.28 %     142,116               12.73 %
Total funds   $ 1,256,284       0.81 %     100.00 %   $ 1,116,512       0.73 %     100.00 %

 

  68  

 

 

The table below illustrates changes in interest income and interest expense of the Bank for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate); and (2) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume). Changes in rate-volume (changes in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been allocated to changes due to volume.

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

compared to the Year Ended

December 31, 2016

 

          Due to        
dollars in thousands   Volume     Rate     Total  
                   
Interest income:                        
Loan portfolio (1)   $ 5,591     $ (899 )   $ 4,692  
Investment securities, federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits     404       427       831  
Total interest-earning assets   $ 5,995     $ (472 )   $ 5,523  
                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
Savings     2       (14 )     (12 )
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     138       215       353  
Certificates of deposit     336       574       910  
Long-term debt     (40 )     (103 )     (143 )
Short-term borrowings     599       262       861  
Subordinated notes     -       -       -  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest  in junior subordinated debentures     -       71       71  
Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 1,035     $ 1,005     $ 2,040  
Net change in net interest income   $ 4,960     $ (1,477 )   $ 3,483  

 

(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans

 

  69  

 

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016  
                Average                 Average  
    Average           Yield/     Average           Yield/  
dollars in thousands   Balance     Interest     Cost     Balance     Interest     Cost  
Assets                                    
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 699,349     $ 30,897       4.42 %   $ 602,648     $ 27,110       4.50 %
Residential first mortgages     176,186       6,636       3.77 %     151,366       6,041       3.99 %
Residential rentals     106,000       4,897       4.62 %     96,611       4,530       4.69 %
Construction and land development     33,798       1,677       4.96 %     36,938       1,693       4.58 %
Home equity and second mortgages     21,515       943       4.38 %     21,781       889       4.08 %
Commercial and equipment loans     86,871       4,524       5.21 %     87,705       4,622       5.27 %
Consumer loans     477       37       7.76 %     397       34       8.56 %
Allowance for loan losses     (10,374 )     -       0.00 %     (9,157 )     -       0.00 %
Loan portfolio (1)     1,113,822       49,611       4.45 %     988,289       44,919       4.55 %
Investment securities, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits     175,027       3,959       2.26 %     157,173       3,128       1.99 %
Total Interest-Earning Assets     1,288,849       53,570       4.16 %     1,145,462       48,047       4.19 %
Cash and cash equivalents     15,012                       11,858                  
Other assets     73,122                       72,151                  
Total Assets   $ 1,376,983                     $ 1,229,471                  
                                                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Savings   $ 53,560     $ 27       0.05 %   $ 48,878     $ 39       0.08 %
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     419,817       1,481       0.35 %     380,592       1,128       0.30 %
Certificates of deposit     443,181       4,438       1.00 %     409,621       3,528       0.86 %
Long-term debt     58,704       1,313       2.24 %     60,503       1,456       2.41 %
Short-term borrowings     91,797       1,057       1.15 %     39,802       196       0.49 %
Subordinated Notes     23,000       1,438       6.25 %     23,000       1,438       6.25 %
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest  in junior subordinated debentures     12,000       428       3.57 %     12,000       357       2.98 %
                                                 
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities     1,102,059       10,182       0.92 %     974,396       8,142       0.84 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     154,225                       142,116                  
Other liabilities     10,720                       9,562                  
Stockholders' equity     109,979                       103,397                  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   $ 1,376,983                     $ 1,229,471                  
                                                 
Net interest income           $ 43,388                     $ 39,905          
Interest rate spread                     3.24 %                     3.35 %
Net yield on interest-earning assets                     3.37 %                     3.48 %
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities                     116.95 %                     117.56 %
Cost of funds                     0.81 %                     0.73 %
Cost of deposits                     0.56 %                     0.48 %
Cost of debt                     2.28 %                     2.55 %

 

(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans

 

  70  

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The following table shows the dollar and percentage changes for the provision for loan losses for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2017     2016     $ Change     % Change  
Provision for loan losses   $ 1,010     $ 2,359     $ (1,349 )     (57.2 )%

 

The provision for loan losses decreased $1.3 million to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s continued improvement in asset quality as well as slower 2017 loan growth required lower provisioning compared to 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2017, end of period gross loans increased $61.1 million, or 5.6%, to $1,150.0 million compared to an increase of $170.1 million, or 18.5%, to $1,089.0 million at December 31, 2016. Net charge-offs decreased $684,000 from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $355,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Net charge-offs of 0.03% of average loans were the lowest since before the financial crisis (2007 was 0.04)%. Improvements to baseline charge-off factors for the periods used to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance as well as improvements in some qualitative factors, such as slower portfolio growth, were offset by increases in other qualitative factors, such as concentration to capital factors and increased classified assets. Overall, these changes resulted in a lower provision for loan losses for the comparable periods. The specific allowance is based on management’s estimate of realizable value for particular loans and has decreased as specific credits have been resolved through a return to performance, charge-offs or additions to OREO. Management believes that the allowance is adequate.

 

Noninterest Income 4

 

The following table shows the components of noninterest income and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2017     2016     $ Change     % Change  
Noninterest Income                                
Loan appraisal, credit, and miscellaneous charges   $ 157     $ 289     $ (132 )     (45.7 )%
Gain on sale of assets     47       12       35       291.7 %
Net gains on sale of investment securities     175       31       144       464.5 %
Income from bank owned life insurance     773       789       (16 )     (2.0 )%
Service charges     2,595       2,675       (80 )     (3.0 )%
Gain on sale of loans held for sale     294       -       294       n/a  
Total Noninterest Income   $ 4,041     $ 3,796     $ 245       6.5 %

 

Noninterest income increased by $245,000 to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in income for the year was principally due gains on loans held for sale in 2017 and investment gains, partially offset by a small reduction in service charge and miscellaneous income. The Company sold the guaranteed portion of a U.S. Small Business Administration Loan for proceeds of $2.8 million and recognized a gain of $294,000 during the third quarter of 2017.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company recognized net gains on the sale of securities of $175,000. The Company sold three AFS securities with aggregate carrying values of $3.7 million and nine HTM securities with aggregate carrying values of $4.8 million, recognizing gains of $9,000 and $166,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016 the Company recognized net gains on the sale of securities of $31,000. The Company sold five AFS securities with aggregate carrying values of $6.5 million and one HTM security with a carrying value of $698,000, recognizing gains of $23,000 and $8,000, respectively. The sale of HTM securities was permitted under ASC 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” ASC 320 permits the sale of HTM securities for certain changes in circumstances.

 

 

4 OREO gains of $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and OREO losses of $436,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 were reclassified from noninterest income to noninterest expense. OREO related income and expenses are presented in the OREO valuation allowance and expenses financial statement line.

 

  71  

 

 

Noninterest Expense 5

 

The following tables show the components of noninterest expense and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2017     2016     $ Change     % Change  
Noninterest Expense                                
Salary and employee benefits   $ 16,758     $ 16,810     $ (52 )     (0.3 )%
Occupancy expense     2,632       2,488       144       5.8 %
Advertising     543       647       (104 )     (16.1 )%
Data processing expense     2,354       2,267       87       3.8 %
Professional fees     1,662       1,568       94       6.0 %
Merger and acquisition costs     829       -       829       n/a  
Depreciation of premises and equipment     786       812       (26 )     (3.2 )%
Telephone communications     191       174       17       9.8 %
Office supplies     119       136       (17 )     (12.5 )%
FDIC Insurance     638       739       (101 )     (13.7 )%
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     703       1,297       (594 )     (45.8 )%
Other     2,839       2,657       182       6.8 %
Total Noninterest Expense   $ 30,054     $ 29,595     $ 459       1.6 %

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     $ Change     % Change  
Salary and employee benefits   $ 16,758     $ 16,810     $ (52 )     (0.3 )%
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     703       1,297       (594 )     (45.8 )%
Merger and acquisition costs     829       -       829       n/a  
Operating expenses     11,764       11,488       276       2.4 %
Total Noninterest Expense   $ 30,054     $ 29,595     $ 459       1.6 %

 

Noninterest expense averaged just below $7.4 million per quarter during 2016. During 2016, the Company focused on controlling the growth of expenses by streamlining internal processes and reviewing vendor relationships. These efforts resulted in a reduction in nine FTEs, from 171 employees to 162 employees, during the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s strategy to create operating leverage through continued asset growth combined with controlling the growth in expenses continued during 2017.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, noninterest expense increased 1.6%, or $459,000, to $29.6 million from $29.6 million for the comparable period in 2016. Noninterest expense averaged $7.5 million per quarter during 2017. Merger and acquisition (M&A)costs of $829,000 were incurred in 2017. These costs were not incurred in 2016 and excluding M&A costs in 2017, noninterest expense was $29.2 million, an decrease of $370,000, or 1.3%, compared to 2016. The Company controlled growth in 2017 in salary and employee benefits, reducing expense $52,000 or 0.3%, compared to the same period in the prior year. The Company’s 2016 total growth in salary and employee benefit costs was 2.7% or $444,000. Other operating expenses increased $276,000 or 2.4% in 2017 compared to $495,000 or 4.5% in 2016. The moderate increase in operating expenses for both years was primarily due to the increased asset size of the Bank, and included the addition of new products and services for commercial customers, increased costs of proxy related activities and the Bank’s increased investment in risk management, including cyber-security and internal audit functions. OREO expenses were less in 2017 compared to the prior year, primarily due to losses on dispositions recognized during 2016.

 

 

5 OREO gains of $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and OREO losses of $436,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 were reclassified from noninterest income to noninterest expense. OREO related income and expenses are presented in the OREO valuation allowance and expenses financial statement line.

 

  72  

 

 

The following is a breakdown to OREO expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
(dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     $ Change  
Valuation allowance   $ 600     $ 574     $ 26  
Losses (gains) on dispositions     (43 )     436       (479 )
OREO operating expenses     146       287       (141 )
    $ 703     $ 1,297     $ (594 )

 

The Company disposed of five residential properties and multiple residential lots for proceeds of $1.5 million and a gain of $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company recognized net losses on OREO disposals of $436,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016. Disposals consisted of properties with the following carrying values; $337,000 for seven residential lots, $584,000 for four residential properties, $501,000 for two commercial properties, $138,000 for a commercial lot and $2.2 million for an apartment and condominium property.

 

The Company’s efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was 63.37% and 67.72%, respectively. The Company’s net operating expense ratio as a percentage of average assets for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was 1.89% and 2.10%, respectively.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded income tax expense of $9.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The Company’s 2017 income tax expense increased $2.7 million from the revaluation of deferred tax assets because of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate under the enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act which was enacted on December 22, 2017. In addition, income tax expense was impacted by non-deductible facilitative merger and acquisition costs of $724,000. The Company’s effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were 55.95% and 37.59%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily the result of the revaluation of deferred tax assets. In addition, the Company’s federal tax rate increased from 34% in 2016 to 35% in 2017. An increase in non-deductible expenses and tax-exempt income being relatively lower to total income for 2017 compared to 2016 also slightly increased the effective tax rate.

 

  73  

 

 

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Assets

 

Total assets increased $283.3 million, or 20.1%, to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2018 compared to total assets of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of the acquisition of County First as well as organic retail deposit growth in the second half of 2018. Cash and cash equivalents increased $17.6 million, or 114.3%, to $33.0 million and total securities increased $53.4 million, or 31.8%, to $220.9 million. Gross loans increased 17.1% or $196.9 million from $1,150.0 million at December 31, 2017 to $1,346.9 million at December 31, 2018 due to the merger as well as $90.0 million or 7.8% growth in the Company’s non-acquired portfolios. The differences in allocations between the cash and investment categories reflect operational needs. The following table shows the Company’s assets and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
                         
Cash and due from banks   $ 24,064     $ 13,315     $ 10,749       80.7 %
Federal funds sold     5,700       -       5,700       n/a  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     3,272       2,102       1,170       55.7 %
Securities available for sale (AFS), at fair value     119,976       68,164       51,812       76.0 %
Securities held to maturity (HTM), at amortized cost     96,271       99,246       (2,975 )     (3.0 )%
Equity securities carried at fair value through income     4,428       -       4,428       n/a  
Non-marketable equity securities held in other financial institutions     209       121       88       72.7 %
FHLB stock - at cost     3,821       7,276       (3,455 )     (47.5 )%
Net Loans     1,337,129       1,140,615       196,514       17.2 %
Goodwill     10,835       -       10,835       n/a  
Premises and equipment, net     22,922       21,391       1,531       7.2 %
Other real estate owned (OREO)     8,111       9,341       (1,230 )     (13.2 )%
Accrued interest receivable     4,957       4,511       446       9.9 %
Investment in bank owned life insurance     36,295       29,398       6,897       23.5 %
Core deposit intangible     2,806       -       2,806       n/a  
Net deferred tax assets     6,693       5,922       771       13.0 %
Other assets     1,738       4,559       (2,821 )     (61.9 )%
Total Assets   $ 1,689,227     $ 1,405,961     $ 283,266       20.1 %

 

The acquisition of County First and 2018 organic loan growth shifted the composition of the loan portfolios during 2018 compared to 2017. The overall increase in the commercial real estate portfolio from 63.25% at December 31, 2017 to 65.18% at December 31, 2018 is expected to increase asset sensitivity over time. The relative decrease in residential first mortgage balances is also expected to increase asset interest rate sensitivity in a rising rate environment. The following is a breakdown of the Company’s loan portfolios at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

BY LOAN TYPE   December 31, 2018     %     December 31, 2017     %     $ Change     % Change  
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 878,016       65.18 %   $ 727,314       63.25 %   $ 150,702       20.7 %
Residential first mortgages     156,709       11.63 %     170,374       14.81 %     (13,665 )     (8.0 )%
Residential rentals     124,298       9.23 %     110,228       9.58 %     14,070       12.8 %
Construction and land development     29,705       2.21 %     27,871       2.42 %     1,834       6.6 %
Home equity and second mortgages     35,561       2.64 %     21,351       1.86 %     14,210       66.6 %
Commercial loans     71,680       5.32 %     56,417       4.91 %     15,263       27.1 %
Consumer loans     751       0.06 %     573       0.05 %     178       31.1 %
Commercial equipment     50,202       3.73 %     35,916       3.12 %     14,286       39.8 %
Gross loans     1,346,922       100.00 %     1,150,044       100.00 %     196,878       17.1 %
Net deferred costs (fees)     1,183       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %     97       8.9 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 1,348,105             $ 1,151,130             $ 196,975       17.1 %

 

  74  

 

 

Regulatory concentrations for non-owner occupied commercial real estate and construction at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $559.3 million or 302.2% and $466.2 million and 309.6%, respectively. Regulatory concentrations for construction at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $109.7 million or 59.3% and $98.6 million and 65.5%, respectively.

 

The Bank’s non-acquired loan portfolios increased $90.0 million or 7.8% from $1,150.0 million at December 31, 2017 to $1,240.0 million at December 31, 2018. The following is a breakdown of the Company’s non-acquired loan portfolios at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

Non-Acquired Loan Portfolios

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018     %     December 31, 2017     %     $ Change     % Change  
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 810,248       65.33 %   $ 727,314       63.25 %   $ 82,934       11.4 %
Residential first mortgages     156,243       12.60 %     170,374       14.81 %     (14,131 )     (8.3 )%
Residential rentals     105,458       8.50 %     110,228       9.58 %     (4,770 )     (4.3 )%
Construction and land development     29,705       2.40 %     27,871       2.42 %     1,834       6.6 %
Home equity and second mortgages     21,703       1.75 %     21,351       1.86 %     352       1.6 %
Commercial loans     70,146       5.66 %     56,417       4.91 %     13,729       24.3 %
Consumer loans     562       0.05 %     573       0.05 %     (11 )     (1.9 )%
Commercial equipment     45,970       3.71 %     35,916       3.12 %     10,054       28.0 %
    $ 1,240,035       100.00 %   $ 1,150,044       100.00 %   $ 89,991       7.8 %

 

Loans consist of the following at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

BY ACQUIRED AND NON-ACQUIRED   December 31, 2018     %     December 31, 2017     %  
                         
Acquired loans - performing   $ 103,667       7.70 %   $ -       0.00 %
Acquired loans - purchase credit impaired ("PCI")     3,220       0.24 %     -       0.00 %
Total acquired loans     106,887       7.94 %     -       0.00 %
Non-acquired loans**     1,240,035       92.06 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Gross loans     1,346,922       100.00 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Net deferred costs (fees)     1,183       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 1,348,105             $ 1,151,130          

 

** Non-acquired loans include loans transferred from acquired pools following release of acquisition accounting FMV adjustments.

 

At December 31, 2018 acquired performing loans, which totaled $103.7 million, included a $1.9 million net acquisition accounting fair market value adjustment, representing a 1.76% “discount;” and PCI loans which totaled $3.2 million, included a $696,000 adjustment, representing a 17.77% “discount.”

 

  75  

 

 

Asset Quality

 

The following tables show asset quality ratios at December 31 2018 and 2017.

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
                         
SELECTED ASSET QUALITY DATA                                
Gross loans   $ 1,346,922     $ 1,150,044     $ 196,878       17.1 %
Classified assets     40,819       50,298       (9,479 )     (18.8 )
Allowance for loan losses     10,976       10,515       461       4.4  
Nonperforming loans (>=90 Days) (1)     11,110       2,483       8,627       347.4  
                                 
Non-accrual loans (2)     19,282       4,693       14,589       310.9  
Accruing troubled debt restructures (TDRs) (3)     6,676       10,021       (3,345 )     (33.4 )
Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)     8,111       9,341       (1,230 )     (13.2 )
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs   $ 34,069     $ 24,055       10,014       41.6  
                                 
SELECTED ASSET QUALITY RATIOS                                
Average total equity to average total assets     9.30 %     7.99 %                
Classified assets to total assets     2.42       3.58                  
Classified assets to risk-based capital     21.54       32.10                  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     0.81       0.91                  
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans     56.92       224.06                  
Net charge-offs to avg. outstanding loans     0.07       0.03                  
Nonperforming loans to total loans     0.82       0.22                  
Non-accrual loans to total loans     1.43       0.41                  
Non-accrual loans and TDRs to total loans     1.93       1.28                  
Non-accrual loans and OREO to total assets     1.62       1.00                  
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs to total assets     2.02       1.71                  

 

 

(1) Nonperforming loans include all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent.

 

(2) Non-accrual loans include all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent and loans that are non-accrual due to the operating results or cash flows of a customer.

 

(3) TDR loans include both non-accrual and accruing performing loans. All TDR loans are included in the calculation of asset quality financial ratios. Non-accrual TDR loans are included in the non-accrual balance and accruing TDR loans are included in the accruing TDR balance.

 

The Company continues to pursue its approach of maximizing contractual rights with individual classified customer relationships. The objective is to expeditiously resolve non-performing or substandard credits that are not likely to become performing or passing credits in a reasonable timeframe. Management believes this strategy is in the best long-term interest of the Company.

 

  76  

 

 

Classified assets decreased $9.5 million from $50.3 million at December 31, 2017 to $40.8 million at December 31, 2018 and as a percentage of assets and risk-based capital are the lowest for the periods presented. Management considers classified assets to be an important measure of asset quality. The following is a breakdown of the Company’s classified and special mention assets at December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

Classified Assets and Special Mention Assets

 

(dollars in thousands)   As of
12/31/2018
    As of
12/31/2017
    As of
12/31/2016
    As of
12/31/2015
    As of
12/31/2014
 
Classified loans                                        
Substandard   $ 32,226     $ 40,306     $ 30,463     $ 31,943     $ 46,735  
Doubtful     -       -       137       861       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -  
Total classified loans     32,226       40,306       30,600       32,804       46,735  
Special mention loans     -       96       -       1,642       5,460  
Total classified and special mention loans   $ 32,226     $ 40,402     $ 30,600     $ 34,446     $ 52,195  
                                         
Classified loans     32,226       40,306       30,600       32,804       46,735  
Classified securities     482       651       883       1,093       1,404  
Other real estate owned     8,111       9,341       7,763       9,449       5,883  
Total classified assets   $ 40,819     $ 50,298     $ 39,246     $ 43,346     $ 54,022  
                                         
Total classified assets as a percentage of total assets     2.42 %     3.58 %     2.94 %     3.79 %     4.99 %
Total classified assets as a percentage of Risk Based Capital     21.54 %     32.10 %     26.13 %     30.19 %     39.30 %

 

Non-accrual loans and OREO to total assets increased from 1.00% at December 31, 2017 to 1.62% at December 31, 2018. Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs to total assets increased from 1.71% at December 31, 2017 to 2.02% at December 31, 2018.

 

Non-accrual loans increased $14.6 million from $4.7 million at December 31, 2017 to $19.3 million at December 31, 2018. The increase in non-accrual loans during 2018, was largely the result of one well-secured classified relationship of $10.1 million that was placed on non-accrual during the second quarter of 2018. At December 31, 2018, non-accrual loans of $19.3 million included 38 loans, of which $15.3 million, or 79% represented 13 loans and four customer relationships. At December 31, 2018, there were $8.1 million (42)% of non-accrual loans current with all payments of principal and interest with no impairment and $11.2 million (58)% of delinquent non-accrual loans with a total of $978,000 specifically reserved. Some non-accrual loans are current with all payments, but classified as non-accrual due to customer operating results or payment history. All interest accrued but not collected from loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. In accordance with the Company’s policy, interest income is recognized on a cash basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status.

 

At December 31, 2017, non-accrual loans of $4.7 million included 24 loans, of which $3.3 million, or 71% represented 10 loans and five customer relationships. During the year ended December 31, 2017 non-accrual loans decreased $3.0 million due to the foreclosure of a stalled residential development project.

 

Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017 included one TDR totaling $29,000 and $769,000, respectively. These loans were classified solely as non-accrual for the calculation of financial ratios. Loan delinquency as a percentage of loans decreased in 2018. Loan delinquency (90 days or greater delinquent and 31-89 days delinquent) increased $534,000 from $11.7 million, or 1.02% of loans, at December 31, 2017 to $12.2 million, or 0.91% of loans, at December 31, 2018.

 

  77  

 

 

The following is a breakdown by loan classification of the Company’s TDRs at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Dollars     Number
of Loans
    Dollars     Number
of Loans
 
                         
Commercial real estate   $ 5,612       7     $ 9,273       9  
Residential first mortgages     66       1       527       2  
Residential rentals     216       1       221       1  
Construction and land development     729       2       729       2  
Commercial loans     53       1       4       1  
Commercial equipment     29       1       36       1  
Total TDRs   $ 6,705       13     $ 10,790       16  
Less: TDRs included in non-accrual loans     (29 )     (1 )     (769 )     (1 )
Total performing accrual TDR loans   $ 6,676       12     $ 10,021       15  

 

TDRs decreased $4.1 million from $10.8 million at December 31, 2017 to $6.7 million at December 31, 2018. TDRs that are included in non-accrual are classified solely as non-accrual loans for the calculation of financial ratios. The Company had specific reserves of $165,000 on one TDR totaling $1.6 million at December 31, 2018 and $413,000 on seven TDRs totaling $3.0 million at December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, TDR disposals, which included payoffs and refinancing decreased by three loans totaling $3.9 million. TDR loan principal curtailment was $176,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. There were no TDRs added during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, TDR disposals, which included payoffs and refinancing decreased by seven loans totaling $3.9 million, of which $3.0 million related to the foreclosure of the stalled residential development project. TDR loan principal curtailment was $385,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no TDRs added during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Performing TDRs as a percentage of outstanding TDRs at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $6.7 million or 99.6%, and $10.0 million or 92.9%, respectively. Interest income in the amount of $348,000 and $327,000 was recognized on outstanding TDR loans for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Bank’s TDRs are performing according to the terms of their agreements at market interest rates appropriate for the level of credit risk of each TDR loan. The average contractual interest rate on performing TDRs at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 5.08% and 4.83%, respectively.

 

Historical loss experience is tracked over various time horizons for each portfolio segment. The following table provides a five-year trend of net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
Average loans   $ 1,273,164     $ 1,113,822     $ 988,288     $ 874,186     $ 819,381  
Net charge-offs     944       355       1,039       1,374       2,309  
Net charge-offs to average loans     0.07 %     0.03 %     0.11 %     0.16 %     0.28 %

 

  78  

 

 

The following is a summary roll-forward of the allowance and a breakdown of the Company’s general and specific allowances as a percentage of gross loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Year Ended  
(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
             
Beginning of period   $ 10,515     $ 9,860  
                 
Charge-offs     (1,217 )     (482 )
Recoveries     273       127  
Net charge-offs     (944 )     (355 )
                 
Provision for loan losses     1,405       1,010  
End of period   $ 10,976     $ 10,515  
                 
Net charge-offs to average loans     -0.07 %     -0.03 %

 

Breakdown of general and specific allowance as a percentage
of gross loans
  December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
General allowance   $ 9,796     $ 9,617  
Specific allowance     1,180       818  
    $ 10,976     $ 10,435  
General allowance     0.73 %     0.84 %
Specific allowance     0.08 %     0.07 %
Allowance to gross loans     0.81 %     0.91 %
                 
Allowance to non-acquired gross loans     0.89 %     0.91 %
                 
Total acquired loans     106,887       -  
Non-acquired loans**     1,240,035       1,150,044  
Gross loans     1,346,922       1,150,044  

 

** Non-acquired loans include loans transferred from acquired pools following release of acquisition accounting FMV adjustments.

 

The provision for loan losses increased $395,000 to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Net charge-offs increased $589,000 from $355,000 or 0.03% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $944,000 or 0.07% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2018. The allowance for loan loss levels decreased to 0.81% of total loans at December 31, 2018 compared to 0.91% at December 31, 2017, due primarily to the addition of County First loans for which no allowance was provided in accordance with purchase accounting standards. The allowance as a percentage of non-acquired loans decreased two basis points to 0.89% at December 31, 2018 from 0.91% at December 31, 2017. Moderate organic loan growth of 7.8%, charge-offs of 0.07% of average loans and continued improvement in charge-off factors and certain qualitative factors kept the allowance as a percentage of non-acquired loans in line with the prior year.

 

Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on a periodic evaluation of the portfolio with consideration given to: overall loss experience; current economic conditions; size, growth and composition of the loan portfolio; financial condition of the borrowers; current appraised values of underlying collateral and other relevant factors that, in management’s judgment, warrant recognition in determining an adequate allowance. Improvements to baseline charge-off factors for the periods used to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance as well as improvements in some qualitative factors, such as classified assets, were offset by increases in other qualitative factors, such as a downgrade in economic factors and increased portfolio growth. The specific allowance is based on management’s estimate of realizable value for particular loans. Management believes that the allowance is adequate.

 

  79  

 

 

The following is a summary roll-forward of OREO activity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
Balance at beginning of year   $ 9,341     $ 7,763  
Additions of underlying property     307       3,634  
Disposals of underlying property     (1,005 )     (1,456 )
Transfers to premises and equipment     -       -  
Valuation allowance     (532 )     (600 )
Balance at end of period   $ 8,111     $ 9,341  

 

OREO balances decreased $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2018, additions of $307,000 consisted of $165,000 of capitalized costs to improve a development project and $142,000 for commercial real estate. The Company disposed of commercial real estate for proceeds of $807,000 and gains of $4,000 along with residential lots for proceeds of $190,000 and a loss of $12,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, additions of $3.6 million consisted of $3.0 million related to the foreclosure of a stalled residential development project. Further, additions included $103,000 for residential lots and $495,000 for a commercial office building. The Company recognized net gains on OREO disposals of $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Disposals consisted of five residential and multiple residential lots totaling $1.5 million. The Bank provided $200,000 in financing for one residential property and the three residential lots during the first quarter of 2017. The transaction qualified for full accrual sales treatment under ASC Topic 360-20-40 “Property Plant and Equipment – Derecognition”.

 

Additions to the valuation allowances of $532,000 and $600,000 were taken to adjust properties to current appraised values for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. OREO carrying amounts reflect management’s estimate of the realizable value of these properties incorporating current appraised values, local real estate market conditions and related costs.

 

At December 31, 2018, greater than 99%, or $215.8 million of the asset-backed securities and bonds issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies and others were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent credit rating from another major rating agency compared to greater than 99%, or $162.3 million, at December 31, 2017. Debt securities are evaluated quarterly to determine whether a decline in their value is Other Than Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”). No OTTI charge was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Classified securities decreased $168,000 from $651,000 at December 31, 2017 to $483,000 at December 31, 2018.

 

Gross unrealized losses on HTM and AFS securities increased from $3.1 million at December 31, 2017 to $5.4 million at December 31, 2018 (see Note 6 in Consolidated Financial Statements). Gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 for AFS securities were $2.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively, of amortized cost of $122.5 million and $69.8 million, respectively. Gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 for HTM securities were $2.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, of amortized cost of $96.3 million and $99.2 million, respectively. The change in unrealized losses was the result of changes in interest rates, while credit risks remained stable. The Bank holds over 97% of its AFS and HTM securities as asset-backed securities of GSEs or U.S. Agencies, GSE agency bonds or U.S. government obligations. The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold both AFS and HTM securities with unrealized losses until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Management believes that the AFS and HTM securities with unrealized losses will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed.

 

  80  

 

 

Liabilities

 

The following table shows the Company’s liabilities and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
Deposits                                
Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 209,378     $ 159,844     $ 49,534       31.0 %
Interest-bearing deposits     1,220,251       946,393       273,858       28.9 %
Total deposits     1,429,629       1,106,237       323,392       29.2 %
Short-term borrowings     35,000       87,500       (52,500 )     (60.0 )%
Long-term debt     20,436       55,498       (35,062 )     (63.2 )%
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in  junior subordinated debentures (TRUPs)     12,000       12,000       -       0.0 %
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000       23,000       -       0.0 %
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     14,680       11,769       2,911       24.7 %
Total Liabilities   $ 1,534,745     $ 1,296,004     $ 238,741       18.4 %

 

Deposits and Borrowings

 

Total deposits increased $323.4 million, or 29.2%, to $1,429.6 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $1,106.2 million at December 31, 2017. During the same period, noninterest bearing demand deposits increased $49.5 million, or 31.0%, to $209.4 million (14.7% of total deposits). Transaction deposit accounts increased $328.0 million from $654.6 million (59% of deposits) at December 31, 2017 to $982.6 million (68.7% of deposits) at December 31, 2018. Reciprocal deposits are included in transaction deposits and are used to maximize FDIC insurance available to our customers. Reciprocal deposits increased $142.0 million or 152.9% to $234.9 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $92.9 million at December 31, 2017.

 

At December 31, 2018 total deposits consisted of $1,376.5 million in retail deposits and $53.1 million in brokered deposits. Retail deposits have increased $389.3 million from $987.2 million at December 31, 2017 to $1,376.5 million at December 31, 2018. During the first quarter of 2018, the Bank increased retail deposits $188.7 million, primarily as a result of the County First acquisition. During the second, third and fourth quarters of 2018 organic transaction deposit growth was $200.6 million. The organic growth of retail deposits and the increased liquidity the Bank has experienced was largely due to the acquisition of municipal relationships. Municipal accounts include treasury and cash management services with blended funding as well as other services and products such as payroll, lock box services, positive pay, and automated clearing house transactions. The diversity of products and services safeguard the stability of the relationships. Most of the municipal relationships’ balances are maintained in reciprocal deposits. To ensure available liquidity the Company has enhanced procedures to track municipal deposit concentrations and manage the impact of seasonal balance fluctuations.

 

At December 31, 2018 the Company has on-balance sheet liquidity of $157.4 million, which consists of cash and cash equivalents, available for sale (“AFS”) securities and equity securities carried at fair value through income. The Company generally does not pledge AFS securities. The Company had $197.6 million in available FHLB lines at December 31, 2018, which does not include any pledged AFS securities. In addition, there was $50.4 million in unpledged held-to-maturity securities available for pledging.

 

The Company uses brokered deposits and other wholesale funding to supplement funding when loan growth exceeds core deposit growth and for asset-liability management purposes. Brokered deposits have decreased $65.9 million or 55.4% to $53.1 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $119.0 million at December 31, 2017. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) long-term debt and short-term borrowings (“advances”) decreased $87.6 million, or 61.2%, to $55.4 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $143.0 million at December 31, 2017. Wholesale funding, which includes brokered deposits and FHLB advances, decreased $153.4 million from $261.9 million (18.7% of assets) at December 31, 2017 to $108.5 million (6.4% of assets) at December 31, 2018. Cash and the sale of securities from the County First acquisition during the first quarter and the organic retail deposit growth for the balance of the year were used to pay down debt and brokered deposits.

 

  81  

 

 

The following is a breakdown of the Company’s deposit portfolio at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    December 31,  
    2018     2017              
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     %     Balance     %     $ Change     % Change  
Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 209,379       14.65 %   $ 159,844       14.45 %   $ 49,535       31.0 %
Interest-bearing:                                                
Demand     437,169       30.58 %     215,447       19.48 %     221,722       102.9 %
Money market deposits     266,160       18.62 %     226,351       20.46 %     39,809       17.6 %
Savings     69,892       4.89 %     52,990       4.79 %     16,902       31.9 %
Certificates of deposit     447,029       31.27 %     451,605       40.82 %     (4,576 )     (1.0 )%
Total interest-bearing     1,220,250       85.35 %     946,393       85.55 %     273,857       28.9 %
                                                 
Total Deposits   $ 1,429,629       100.00 %   $ 1,106,237       100.00 %   $ 323,392       29.2 %
                                                 
Transaction accounts   $ 982,600       68.73 %   $ 654,632       59.18 %   $ 327,968       50.1 %

 

Liquidity has improved with the increase in transaction deposits and decrease in wholesale funding. The Company’s net loan to deposit ratio decreased to 93.5% at December 31, 2018 from 103.1% at December 31, 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the average loan to deposit ratios were 96.6% and 104.0%, respectively. Management is optimistic that increased liquidity, improved funding composition and the ability to migrate available liquidity into higher yielding interest-earning assets will positively impact net interest income and margins during 2019. Management expects some seasonality in deposits that will likely increase the loan to deposit ratio into the low to mid 90s in the first quarter of 2018. The Company intends to use available on-balance sheet liquidity to fund loans, increase investments and pay down wholesale funding.

 

The Bank uses advances from the FHLB of Atlanta to supplement the supply of funds it may lend and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are secured by the Bank’s stock in the FHLB, a portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and certain investments. Generally, the Bank’s ability to borrow from the FHLB of Atlanta is limited by its available collateral and also by an overall limitation of 30% of assets. Further, short-term credit facilities are available at the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and other commercial banks. FHLB long-term debt consists of adjustable-rate advances with rates based upon LIBOR, fixed-rate advances, and convertible advances. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, 100% of the Bank’s long-term debt was fixed for rate and term, as the conversion optionality of the advances have either been exercised or expired.

 

The following table sets forth information about long-term debt and short-term borrowings for the years indicated. Junior subordinated debentures of $12.0 million and subordinated notes of $23.0 million are not included in the table. For more information on borrowings, see Notes 12, 17 and 18 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

    At or for the Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
                   
Long-term debt                        
Long-term debt outstanding at end of period   $ 20,436     $ 55,498     $ 65,559  
Weighted average rate on outstanding long-term debt     2.84 %     2.38 %     2.27 %
Maximum outstanding long-term debt of any month end     55,493       65,554       65,593  
Average outstanding long-term debt     35,684       58,704       60,503  
Approximate average rate paid on long-term debt     2.39 %     2.24 %     2.41 %
                         
Short-term borrowings                        
Short-term borrowings outstanding at end of period   $ 35,000     $ 87,500     $ 79,000  
Weighted average rate on short-term borrowings     2.51 %     1.34 %     0.71 %
Maximum outstanding short-term borrowings at any month end     74,000       109,000       79,000  
Average outstanding short-term borrowings     42,286       91,797       39,802  
Approximate average rate paid on short-term borrowings     1.81 %     1.15 %     0.49 %

 

  82  

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

The following table shows the Company’s equity and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
                         
Common Stock at par of $0.01   $ 56     $ 46     $ 10       21.7 %
Additional paid in capital     84,396       48,209       36,187       75.1 %
Retained earnings     72,594       63,648       8,946       14.1 %
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,846 )     (1,191 )     (655 )     55.0 %
Unearned ESOP shares     (718 )     (755 )     37       (4.9 )%
Total Stockholders' Equity   $ 154,482     $ 109,957     $ 44,525       40.5 %

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased $44.5 million, or 40.5%, to $154.5 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $110.0 million at December 31, 2017. This increase primarily resulted from the issuance of 918,526 shares of common stock, valued at $35.6 million (based on the $38.78 per share closing price), as the stock component of the merger consideration paid in the County First acquisition. In addition, stockholders’ equity increased due to net income of $11.2 million and net stock related activities in connection with stock-based compensation and ESOP activity of $544,000. These increases to stockholders’ equity were partially offset by decreases due to common dividends paid of $2.2 million, an increase in accumulated other comprehensive losses of $655,000 and repurchases of common stock of $70,000.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, stockholders’ equity increased $5.5 million to $110.0 million. The increase in stockholders’ equity was due to net income of $7.2 million, net stock related activities related to stock-based compensation of $670,000 and a net fair market value adjustment of $110,000 for leveraged ESOP shares. These increases to capital were partially offset by quarterly common dividends paid of $1.8 million, a current year increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $67,000 and the net increase in unearned ESOP shares of $586,000.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, $174,000 or 6,061 ESOP shares were allocated with the payment of promissory notes. This was offset by the purchase of 4,244 shares of the Company’s common shares for $137,000 by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) during 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2017, $237,000 or 10,157 ESOP shares were allocated with the payment of promissory notes. This was offset by the purchase of 23,503 shares of the Company’s common shares for $823,000 by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) during 2017. The ESOP has promissory notes with the Company for the purchase of TCFC common stock for the benefit of the participants in the Plan. Loan terms are at prime rate plus one-percentage point and amortize over seven (7) years. As principal is repaid, common shares are allocated to participants based on the participant account allocation rules described in the Plan. The Bank is a guarantor of the ESOP debt with the Company. Unencumbered shares held by the ESOP are treated as outstanding in computing earnings per share. Shares issued to the ESOP but pledged as collateral for loans obtained to provide funds to acquire the shares are not treated as outstanding in computing earnings per share.

 

Common stockholders' equity of $154.5 million at December 31, 2018 resulted in a book value of $27.70 per common share compared to $23.65 at December 31, 2017. The Company’s tangible book value was $25.25 at December 31, 2018. Prior to 2018, the Company had no intangible assets. The Company remains well capitalized at December 31, 2018 with a Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage ratio) of 9.50% at December 31, 2018 compared to 8.79% at December 31, 2017. The Company’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets increased to 8.41% at December 31, 2018 from 7.82% at December 31, 2017. The Company’s Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) ratio was 10.36% at December 31, 2018 compared to 9.51% at December 31, 2017.

 

  83  

 

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Capital Resources

 

The Company has no business other than holding the stock of the Bank and does not currently have any material funding requirements, except for the payment of dividends on common stock, and the payment of interest on subordinated debentures and subordinated notes, and noninterest expense.

 

The Company evaluates capital resources by our ability to maintain adequate regulatory capital ratios. The Company and the Bank annually update a three-year strategic capital plan. In developing its plan, the Company considers the impact to capital of asset growth, income accretion, dividends, holding company liquidity, investment in markets and people and stress testing.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company performed ongoing assessments using the new regulatory capital ratios and determined that the Company meets the new requirements specified in the Basel III rules upon full adoption of such requirements. In addition, our subsidiary bank made the election to continue to exclude most accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") from capital in connection with its March 31, 2015 quarterly financial filing and, in effect, to retain the AOCI treatment under the prior capital rules.

 

Federal banking regulations require the Company and the Bank to maintain specified levels of capital. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company and Bank were well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action under the new Basel III Capital Rules. Management believes, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. See Note 19 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is our ability to meet cash demands as they arise. Such needs can develop from loan demand, deposit withdrawals or acquisition opportunities. Potential obligations resulting from the issuance of standby letters of credit and commitments to fund future borrowings to our loan customers are other factors affecting our liquidity needs. Many of these obligations and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon; therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements affecting our liquidity position.

 

Based on management’s going concern evaluation, we believe that there are no conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s or the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern, within one year of the date of the issuance of the financial statements.

 

Asset liquidity is provided by cash and assets which are readily marketable or which will mature in the near future. Liquid assets include cash, federal funds sold, and short-term investments in cash deposits with other banks. Liquidity is also provided by access to funding sources, which include core depositors and brokered deposits. Other sources of funds include our ability to borrow, such as purchasing federal funds from correspondent banks, sales of securities under agreements to repurchase and advances from the FHLB.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank had $56.8 million and $65.6 million, respectively, in loan commitments outstanding. In addition, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank had $21.2 million and $17.9 million, respectively, in letters of credit and approximately $211.5 million and $162.2 million, respectively, available under lines of credit. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $278.8 million or 62.4% and $312.4 million, or 69.2%, respectively, of total certificates of deposit outstanding. If maturing deposits do not remain, the Bank will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and borrowings. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposits. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

 

The Company’s principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand and dividends received from the Bank. The Bank is subject to various regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends.

 

The Bank’s principal sources of funds for investment and operations are net income, deposits, sales of loans, borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans, principal and interest received on investment securities and proceeds from the maturity and sale of investment securities. The Bank’s principal funding commitments are for the origination or purchase of loans, the purchase of securities and the payment of maturing deposits. Deposits are considered the primary source of funds supporting the Bank’s lending and investment activities. The Bank also uses borrowings from the FHLB of Atlanta to supplement deposits. The amount of FHLB advances available to the Bank is limited to the lower of 30% of Bank assets or the amount supportable by eligible collateral including FHLB stock, loans and securities. In addition, the Bank has established unsecured and secured lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank and commercial banks. For a discussion of these agreements including collateral see Note 11 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  84  

 

 

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash, cash equivalents and federal funds sold. The levels of such assets are dependent on the Bank’s operating, financing and investment activities at any given time. The variations in levels of cash and cash equivalents are influenced by deposit flows and anticipated future deposit flows.

 

Comparison for the Years Ending December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2018 totaled $33.0 million, an increase of $17.4 million from the December 31, 2017 total of $15.4 million. Ending cash balances increased compared to the prior year end primarily due to proceeds from the sale of investment securities, the increase in net deposits and cash from the County First acquisition. These increases were partially offset by decreases in total debt outstanding. Changes to the level of cash and cash equivalents have minimal impact on operational needs as the Bank has substantial sources of funds available from other sources.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, all financing activities provided $34.4 million in cash compared to $63.6 million in cash provided for the same period in 2017. The Company used $29.2 million less cash from financing activities compared to the prior year, primarily due to increased deposit growth and partially offset by reductions in net borrowings. Net deposits increased $124.2 million in 2018 compared to $67.4 million in 2017. Long-term debt decreased a net of $35.1 million from $55.5 million at December 31, 2017 to $20.4 million at December 31, 2018 and used $25.0 million more cash in 2018 compared to 2017. Short-term borrowings decreased a net of $52.5 million from $87.5 million at December 31, 2017 to $35.0 million at December 31, 2018. Short-term borrowings used $61.0 million more cash in 2018 compared to 2017. The Company was provided a net increase in cash of $39,000 for stock related activities in 2018 compared to 2017. An increase in unearned ESOP shares was partially offset by no cash provided in 2018 from the exercise of stock options, the repurchases of common stock and an increase in common dividends paid on 2018. During the first quarter of 2018, the Company used cash and the sale of securities acquired in the County First acquisition to pay down wholesale brokered deposits and FHLB debt, which represents the reduction in both deposits and debt. Acquired deposits of approximately $200 million are not included in the cash flow statement.

 

The Bank’s principal use of cash has been in investing activities including its investments in loans, investment securities and other assets. In 2018, the level of net cash used in investing decreased to $36.2 million from $69.6 million in 2017. The decrease in cash used of $33.4 million was primarily the result of net increases in cash provided from $32.3 million of cash from the County First acquisition and a decrease in cash used of $8.2 million from loan activities, net increase in cash used of $1.0 million for purchases of premises and equipment, and $7.2 million from securities transactions. The Company’s cash used increased $7.2 million due to net purchases of securities of $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Cash used decreased as principal received on loans in 2018 increased over the prior year comparable period. Principal collected on loans increased $29.4 million from $260.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $289.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Cash used increased for the funding of loans originated, which increased $21.1 million from $325.2 for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $346.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, increases in the amount of cash used was partially offset by an increase in cash provided of $1.1 million from the sale of assets and OREO.

 

Operating activities provided cash of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $10.1 million of cash provided for the same period of 2017.

 

  85  

 

 

Comparison for the Years Ending December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2017 totaled $15.4 million, an increase of $4.1 million from the December 31, 2016 total of $11.3 million. Ending cash balances were stable compared to the prior year end as net cash provided by operating activities was similar and decreased cash used in investing activities in 2017 compared to 2016 nearly offset decreased cash provided by financing activities in 2017 compared to 2016. Changes to the level of cash and cash equivalents have minimal impact on operational needs as the Bank has substantial sources of funds available from other sources.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, all financing activities provided $63.6 million in cash compared to $182.3 million in cash provided for the same period in 2016. The Company was provided $118.7 million less cash from financing activities compared to the prior year, primarily due to reduced deposit growth and slower growth in net borrowings. Net deposits increased $67.4 million in 2017 compared to $131.9 million in 2016. Long-term debt decreased a net of $10.1 million from $65.6 million at December 31, 2016 to $55.5 million at December 31, 2017 and provided $20.0 million less cash in 2017 compared to 2016. Short-term borrowings increased a net of $8.5 million from $79.0 million at December 31, 2016 to $87.5 million at December 31, 2017. Short-term borrowings provided $34.5 million less cash in 2017 compared to 2016. The Company was provided a net increase in cash of $297,000 for stock related activities in 2017 compared to 2016. Net cash provided in 2017 compared to 2016 from the exercise of stock options, no 2017 repurchases of common stock and a small decrease in common dividends paid on 2017 was partially offset by a net change in unearned ESOP shares due primarily to an increase in ESOP stock purchases in 2017.

 

The Bank’s principal use of cash has been in investing activities including its investments in loans, investment securities and other assets. In 2017, the level of net cash used in investing decreased to $69.6 million from $195.1 million in 2016. The decrease in cash used of $125.5 million was primarily the result of net decreases in cash used of $3.2 million for purchases of premises and equipment, $14.0 million from securities transactions and $112.1 million from loan activities. The Company purchased more premises and equipment in 2016 compared to the same period in 2017, mainly due to the construction of a new branch in downtown Fredericksburg, Virginia during the first half of 2016. 2015. The Company’s cash used decreased $14.0 million due to net purchases of securities of $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash used decreased as principal received on loans in 2017 increased over the prior year comparable period. Principal collected on loans increased $25.7 million from $234.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $260.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, cash used decreased for the funding of loans originated, which decreased $86.4 million from $411.6 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $325.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. These reductions in the amount of cash used were partially offset by a decrease in cash provided of $3.8 million from the 2016 sales of the King George branch and OREO compared to less significant sales activity in 2017. Net cash provided decreased from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017

 

Operating activities provided cash of $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $12.9 million of cash provided for the same period of 2016.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry, are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments, letters of credit and lines of credit. For a discussion of these agreements, including collateral and other arrangements, see Note 14 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

  86  

 

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

In the normal course of its business, the Bank commits to make future payments to others to satisfy contractual obligations. These obligations include commitments to repay short and long-term borrowings and commitments incurred under operating lease agreements. The following schedules provide detail of contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

          Payments due by period  
    Total     Less than One
Year
    One to Three
Years
    Three to
Five Years
    More Than 5
Years
 
At December 31, 2018 (In thousands)                                        
                                         
Short-term debt obligations   $ 35,000     $ 35,000     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Long-term debt obligations     20,436       -       -       20,246       189  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated debentures (TRUPs)     12,000                               12,000  
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000                               23,000  
Time deposits     447,029       278,750       144,270       24,009       -  
Operating lease obligations (1)     7,950       663       1,450       1,349       4,488  
Purchase Obligations (2)     2,427       2,427       -       -       -  
Total   $ 547,842     $ 316,840     $ 145,720     $ 45,604     $ 39,677  

 

(1) Payments are for lease of real property.

(2) Represents payments under contract based on average monthly service charges for 2018.

 

          Payments due by period  
    Total     Less than One
Year
    One to Three
Years
    Three to
Five Years
    More Than 5
Years
 
At December 31, 2017 (In thousands)                                        
                                         
Short-term debt obligations   $ 87,500     $ 87,500     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Long-term debt obligations     55,498       25,000       10,000       10,302       10,196  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated debentures (TRUPs)     12,000                               12,000  
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000                               23,000  
Time deposits     451,605       312,417       123,384       15,804       -  
Operating lease obligations (1)     6,809       747       1,139       904       4,019  
Purchase Obligations (2)     4,320       2,129       2,191       -       -  
Total   $ 640,732     $ 427,793     $ 136,714     $ 27,010     $ 49,215  

 

(1) Payments are for lease of real property.

(2) Represents payments under contract based on average monthly service charges for 2017.

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the banking industry, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

  87  

 

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

 

Interest rate risk is defined as the exposure to changes in net interest income and capital that arises from movements in interest rates. Depending on the composition of the balance sheet, increasing or decreasing interest rates can negatively affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company measures interest rate risk over the short and long term. The Company measures interest rate risk as the change in net interest income (“NII”) caused by a change in interest rates over twelve and twenty-four months. The Company’s NII simulations provide information about short-term interest rate risk exposure. The Company also measures interest rate risk by measuring changes in the values of assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates. The economic value of equity (“EVE”) is defined as the present value of future cash flows from existing assets, minus the present value of future cash flows from existing liabilities. EVE simulations reflect the interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities over a longer time period, considering the maturities, average life and duration of all balance sheet accounts.

 

The Board of Directors has established an interest rate risk policy, which is administered by the Bank’s Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in NII and EVE resulting from changes in interest rates. Both NII and EVE simulations assist in identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling interest rate risk and are used by management and the ALCO Committee to ensure that interest rate risk exposure will be maintained within Board policy guidelines. The ALCO Committee reports quarterly to the Board of Directors. Mitigating strategies are used to maintain interest rate risk within established limits.

 

The Company’s interest rate risk (“IRR”) model uses assumptions which include factors such as call features, prepayment options and interest rate caps and floors included in investment and loan portfolio contracts. Additionally, the IRR model estimates the lives and interest rate sensitivity of the Company’s non-maturity deposits. These assumptions have a significant effect on model results. The assumptions are developed primarily based upon historical behavior of Bank customers. The Company also considers industry and regional data in developing IRR model assumptions. There are inherent limitations in the Company’s IRR model and underlying assumptions. When interest rates change, actual movements of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model.

 

The Company prepares a current base case and several alternative simulations at least quarterly. Current interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300, and 400 basis points (“bp”). In addition, the Company simulates additional rate curve scenarios (e.g., bear flattener). The Company may elect not to use particular scenarios that it determines are impractical in a current rate environment.

 

The Company’s internal limits for parallel shock scenarios are as follows:

 

Shock in Basis Points    

Net Interest Income

(“NII”)

   

Economic Value of Equity

(“EVE”)

 
+ - 400     25 %   40 %
+ - 300     20 %   30 %
+ - 200     15 %   20 %
+ - 100     10 %   10 %

 

  88  

 

 

It is management’s goal to manage the portfolios of the Bank so that net interest income at risk over twelve-month and twenty-four month periods and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Company did not exceed any Board approved sensitivity limits. Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance in alternative rate environments. The below schedule estimates the changes in net interest income over a twelve-month period for parallel rate shocks for up 200, 100 and down 100 scenarios:

 

Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income                  
Change in Interest Rates:     + 200 bp     + 100 bp     - 100 bp
Policy Limit     (15.00 )%     (10.00 )%     (10.00 )%
                         
December 31, 2018     (8.02 )%     (3.73 )%     0.79 %
December 31, 2017     (1.28 )%     (0.54 )%     (1.30 )%

 

Measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows, and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The below schedule estimates the changes in the economic value of equity at parallel shocks for up 200, 100 and down 100 scenarios:

 

Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE)                  
Change in Interest Rates:     + 200bp     + 100bp     - 100bp
Policy Limit     (20.00 )%     (10.00 )%     (10.00 )%
                         
December 31, 2018     (5.40 )%     (1.82 )%     16.30 %
December 31, 2017     (13.15 )%     (6.01 )%     18.35 %

 

  89  

 

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of The Community Financial Corporation (the "Company") is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the financial statements included in this Annual Report. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reflect management's judgments and estimates concerning the effects of events and transactions that are accounted for or disclosed.

 

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report reliable financial data. The internal control system contains monitoring mechanisms, and appropriate actions taken to correct identified deficiencies. Management believes that internal controls over financial reporting, which are subject to scrutiny by management and the Company's internal auditors, support the integrity and reliability of the financial statements. Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control system, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. In addition, because of changes in conditions and circumstances, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee"), is comprised entirely of outside directors who are independent of management. The Committee is responsible for the appointment and compensation of the independent auditors and makes decisions regarding the appointment or removal of members of the internal audit function. The Committee meets periodically with management, the independent auditors, and the internal auditors to ensure that they are carrying out their responsibilities. The Committee is also responsible for performing an oversight role by reviewing and monitoring the financial, accounting, and auditing procedures of the Company in addition to reviewing the Company's financial reports. The independent auditors and the internal auditors have full and unlimited access to the Audit Committee, with or without the presence of management, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, and any other matters which they believe should be brought to the attention of the Audit Committee.

 

Management assessed the Company's system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. This assessment was conducted based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations ("COSO") of the Treadway Commission "Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)." Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. Management's assessment concluded that there were no material weaknesses within the Company's internal control structure. There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Act of 1934) during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

 

The 2018 financial statements have been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP (“DHG”). Personnel from DHG were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and committees thereof. Management believes that all representations made to all the independent auditors were valid and appropriate. The resulting report from DHG accompanies the financial statements. DHG has also issued a report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. This report has also been made a part of this Annual Report.

 

/s/ William J. Pasenelli   /s/ Todd L. Capitani  
William J. Pasenelli   Todd L. Capitani  
President and Chief Executive Officer   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
March 7, 2019   March 7, 2019  

 

  90  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Stockholders and Board of Directors of The Community Financial Corporation

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Community Financial Corporation (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 7, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP  

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

 

Gaithersburg, Maryland

March 7, 2019

 

  91  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Stockholders and Board of Directors of The Community Financial Corporation

 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited The Community Financial Corporation (the “Company”)’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, The Community Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of The Community Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the years in the three years ended December 31, 2018, and our report dated March 7, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP  

 

Gaithersburg, Maryland

March 7, 2019

 

  92  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Assets                
Cash and due from banks   $ 24,064     $ 13,315  
Federal funds sold     5,700       -  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     3,272       2,102  
Securities available for sale (AFS), at fair value     119,976       68,164  
Securities held to maturity (HTM), at amortized cost     96,271       99,246  
Equity securities carried at fair value through income     4,428       -  
Non-marketable equity securities held in other financial institutions     209       121  
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock - at cost     3,821       7,276  
Loans receivable     1,348,105       1,151,130  
Less: allowance for loan losses     (10,976 )     (10,515 )
Net loans     1,337,129       1,140,615  
Goodwill     10,835       -  
Premises and equipment, net     22,922       21,391  
Other real estate owned (OREO)     8,111       9,341  
Accrued interest receivable     4,957       4,511  
Investment in bank owned life insurance     36,295       29,398  
Core deposit intangible     2,806       -  
Net deferred tax assets     6,693       5,922  
Other assets     1,738       4,559  
Total Assets   $ 1,689,227     $ 1,405,961  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                
Deposits                
Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 209,378     $ 159,844  
Interest-bearing deposits     1,220,251       946,393  
Total deposits     1,429,629       1,106,237  
Short-term borrowings     35,000       87,500  
Long-term debt     20,436       55,498  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated debentures (TRUPs)     12,000       12,000  
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000       23,000  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     14,680       11,769  
Total Liabilities     1,534,745       1,296,004  
Stockholders' Equity                
Common stock - par value $.01; authorized - 15,000,000 shares;  issued 5,577,559 and 4,649,658 shares, respectively     56       46  
Additional paid in capital     84,397       48,209  
Retained earnings     72,594       63,648  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,847 )     (1,191 )
Unearned ESOP shares     (718 )     (755 )
Total Stockholders' Equity     154,482       109,957  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   $ 1,689,227     $ 1,405,961  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  93  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2018     2017     2016  
Interest and Dividend Income                        
Loans, including fees   $ 59,755     $ 49,611     $ 44,919  
Interest and dividends on investment securities     5,153       3,906       3,108  
Interest on deposits with banks     265       53       20  
Total Interest and Dividend Income     65,173       53,570       48,047  
Interest Expense                        
Deposits     10,682       5,946       4,695  
Short-term borrowings     767       1,057       196  
Long-term debt     2,837       3,179       3,251  
Total Interest Expense     14,286       10,182       8,142  
Net Interest Income     50,887       43,388       39,905  
Provision for loan losses     1,405       1,010       2,359  
Net Interest Income After Provision For Loan Losses     49,482       42,378       37,546  
Noninterest Income                        
Loan appraisal, credit, and miscellaneous charges     183       157       289  
Gain on sale of assets     1       47       12  
Net gains on sale of investment securities     -       175       31  
Unrealized loss on equity securities     (81 )     -       -  
Income from bank owned life insurance     902       773       789  
Service charges     3,063       2,595       2,675  
Gain on sale of loans held for sale     -       294       -  
Total Noninterest Income     4,068       4,041       3,796  
Noninterest Expense                        
Salary and employee benefits     19,548       16,758       16,810  
Occupancy expense     3,116       2,632       2,488  
Advertising     671       543       647  
Data processing expense     3,020       2,354       2,267  
Professional fees     1,513       1,662       1,568  
Merger and acquisition costs     3,625       829       -  
Depreciation of premises and equipment     810       786       812  
Telephone communications     277       191       174  
Office supplies     149       119       136  
FDIC Insurance     654       638       739  
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     657       703       1,297  
Core deposit intangible amortization     784       -       -  
Other     3,325       2,839       2,657  
Total Noninterest Expense     38,149       30,054       29,595  
Income before income taxes     15,401       16,365       11,747  
Income tax expense     4,173       9,157       4,416  
Net Income   $ 11,228     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  
                         
Earnings Per Common Share                        
Basic   $ 2.02     $ 1.56     $ 1.59  
Diluted   $ 2.02     $ 1.56     $ 1.59  
Cash dividends paid per common share   $ 0.40     $ 0.40     $ 0.40  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  94  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
                   
Net Income   $ 11,228     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  
                         
Net unrealized holding losses arising during period, net of tax benefit of $242, $41 and $433, respectively     (637 )     (62 )     (662 )
                         
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income, net of tax benefit of $0, $3 and $7, respectively     -       (5 )     (15 )
Comprehensive Income   $ 10,591     $ 7,141     $ 6,654  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  95  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

                      Accumulated              
          Additional           Other     Unearned        
    Common     Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive     ESOP        
(dollars in thousands)   Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Shares     Total  
                                     
Balance at January 1, 2016   $ 46     $ 46,809     $ 53,495     $ (251 )   $ (316 )   $ 99,783  
                                                 
Net Income     -       -       7,331       -       -       7,331  
Unrealized holding loss on investment securities  net of tax of $440     -       -       -       (677 )     -       (677 )
                                                 
Cash dividend at $0.40 per common share     -       -       (1,814 )     -       -       (1,814 )
Dividend reinvestment     -       47       (47 )     -       -       -  
Net change in unearned ESOP shares     -       -       -       -       147       147  
Repurchase of common stock     -       -       (865 )     -       -       (865 )
Stock based compensation     -       489       -       -       -       489  
Tax effect of the ESOP dividend     -       32       -       -       -       32  
Balance at December 31, 2016   $ 46     $ 47,377     $ 58,100     $ (928 )   $ (169 )   $ 104,426  

 

  96  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(continued)

 

                      Accumulated              
          Additional           Other     Unearned        
    Common     Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive     ESOP        
(dollars in thousands)   Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Shares     Total  
                                     
Balance at January 1, 2017   $ 46     $ 47,377     $ 58,100     $ (928 )   $ (169 )   $ 104,426  
Net Income     -       -       7,208       -       -       7,208  
Unrealized holding loss on investment securities net of tax of $44     -       -       -       (67 )     -       (67 )
Reclassification due to Accounting Standard Update 2018-02     -       -       196       (196 )     -       -  
                                                 
Cash dividend at $0.40 per common share     -       -       (1,804 )     -       -       (1,804 )
Excess of fair market value over cost of leveraged ESOP shares released     -       110       -       -       -       110  
Dividend reinvestment     -       52       (52 )     -       -       -  
Exercise of stock options     -       155       -       -       -       155  
Net change in unearned ESOP shares     -       -       -       -       (586 )     (586 )
Repurchase of common stock     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Stock based compensation     -       515       -       -       -       515  
Balance at December 31, 2017   $ 46     $ 48,209     $ 63,648     $ (1,191 )   $ (755 )   $ 109,957  

 

  97  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(continued)

 

                      Accumulated              
          Additional           Other     Unearned        
    Common     Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive     ESOP        
(dollars in thousands)   Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Shares     Total  
                                     
Balance at January 1, 2018   $ 46     $ 48,209     $ 63,648     $ (1,191 )   $ (755 )   $ 109,957  
Net Income     -       -       11,228       -       -       11,228  
Unrealized holding loss on investment securities net of tax of $242     -       -       -       (637 )     -       (637 )
Reclassification due to Accounting Standard Update (ASU 2016-01)     -       -       19       (19 )     -       -  
                                                 
Cash dividend at $0.40 per common share     -       -       (2,163 )     -       -       (2,163 )
Excess of fair market value over cost of leveraged ESOP shares released     -       34       -       -       -       34  
Dividend reinvestment     -       68       (68 )     -       -       -  
Shares issued for County First Merger     10       35,612       -       -       -       35,622  
Net change in unearned ESOP shares     -       -       -       -       37       37  
Repurchase of common stock     -       -       (70 )     -       -       (70 )
Stock based compensation     -       474       -       -       -       474  
Balance at December 31, 2018   $ 56     $ 84,397     $ 72,594     $ (1,847 )   $ (718 )   $ 154,482  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  98  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
                   
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                        
Net income   $ 11,228     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities                        
Provision for loan losses     1,405       1,010       2,359  
Depreciation and amortization     1,679       1,598       1,544  
Loans originated for resale     -       (2,529 )     -  
Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale     -       2,823       -  
Gain on sale of loans held for sale     -       (294 )     -  
Net loss (gains) on the sale of OREO     8       (43 )     436  
Gains on sales of investment securities     -       (175 )     (31 )
Unrealized loss on equity securities     81       -       -  
Gain on sale of assets     (1 )     (47 )     (12 )
Net amortization of premium/discount on investment securities     215       393       509  
Net accretion of premiums and discounts     (750 )     -       -  
Amortization of core deposit intangible     784       -       -  
Increase in OREO valuation allowance     532       599       574  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     (898 )     (773 )     (789 )
(Increase) decrease in deferred income tax benefit     (290 )     1,887       (555 )
Increase in accrued interest receivable     (34 )     (532 )     (761 )
Stock based compensation     474       515       489  
Compensation expense due to excess of fair market value
over cost of leveraged ESOP shares released
    33       110       -  
Increase in net deferred loan costs     (96 )     (689 )     (1,552 )
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities     1,360       322       1,414  
Decrease (increase) in other assets     3,670       (1,281 )     1,959  
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities     19,400       10,102       12,915  
                         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                        
Purchase of AFS investment securities     (66,137 )     (26,251 )     (31,312 )
Proceeds from redemption or principal payments of AFS investment securities     8,881       7,110       5,653  
Purchase of HTM investment securities     (11,130 )     (13,135 )     (24,504 )
Proceeds from maturities or principal payments of HTM investment securities     16,995       18,048       23,564  
Proceeds from sale of HTM investment securities     -       4,947       710  
Proceeds from sale of AFS investment securities     34,919       3,702       6,546  
Net decrease (increase) of FHLB and FRB stock     3,659       (41 )     (303 )
Loans originated or acquired     (346,321 )     (325,155 )     (411,564 )
Principal collected on loans     289,690       260,303       234,587  
Purchase of premises and equipment     (1,777 )     (779 )     (3,970 )
Proceeds from sale of OREO     996       1,300       3,423  
Acquisition net cash acquired     32,287       -       -  
Proceeds from disposal of asset     1,748       387       2,044  
                         
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities     (36,190 )     (69,564 )     (195,126 )

 

  99  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(continued)

 

                   
    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
                   
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                        
Net increase in deposits   $ 124,169     $ 67,412     $ 131,925  
Proceeds from long-term debt     20,000       10,000       15,000  
Payments of long-term debt     (55,064 )     (20,061 )     (5,058 )
Net (decrease) increase in short term borrowings     (52,500 )     8,500       43,000  
Exercise of stock options     -       155       -  
Dividends paid     (2,163 )     (1,804 )     (1,814 )
Net change in unearned ESOP shares     37       (586 )     147  
Repurchase of common stock     (70 )     -       (865 )
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities     34,409       63,616       182,335  
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 17,619     $ 4,154     $ 124  
                         
Cash and Cash Equivalents - January 1     15,417       11,263       11,139  
Cash and Cash Equivalents - December 31   $ 33,036     $ 15,417     $ 11,263  
                         
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information                        
Cash paid during the period for                        
Interest   $ 14,246     $ 10,001     $ 7,993  
Income taxes   $ 3,494     $ 7,435     $ 5,325  
                         
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Operating Activities                        
Issuance of common stock for payment of compensation   $ 387     $ 203     $ 575  
Transfer from loans to OREO   $ 307     $ 3,634     $ 3,120  
Financed amount of sale of OREO   $ -     $ 200     $ 2,176  
Transfer of OREO to premises and equipment   $ -     $ -     $ 372  
Transfer from premises and equipment to
premises and equipment held for sale
  $ -     $ -     $ 345  
                         
Business Combination Non-Cash Disclosures                        
Assets acquired in business combination (net of cash received)   $ 192,259     $ -     $ -  
Liabilities assumed in business combination   $ 200,660     $ -     $ -  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  100  

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of The Community Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary Community Bank of the Chesapeake (the “Bank”), and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary Community Mortgage Corporation of Tri-County (collectively, the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry.

 

Reclassification

 

Certain items in prior financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Following our adoption of ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities on January 1, 2018, the Company accounts for its investment in equity securities with a readily determinable fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. $19,000 was reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) into Retained Earnings.

 

The Company adopted ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” for the year ended December 31, 2017. In accordance with ASU 2018-02, we elected to reclassify certain income tax effects related to the change in the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017 (see Note 13 - Income Taxes), from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.

 

Additionally, OREO gains of $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and OREO losses of $436,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 were reclassified from noninterest income to noninterest expense. OREO related income and expenses are presented in the OREO valuation allowance and expenses financial statement line.

 

Nature of Operations

 

The Company provides a variety of financial services to individuals and businesses through its offices in Southern Maryland and Annapolis, Maryland, and Fredericksburg, Virginia. Its primary deposit products are demand, savings and time deposits, and its primary lending products are commercial and residential mortgage loans, commercial loans, construction and land development loans, home equity and second mortgages and commercial equipment loans.

 

The Bank is headquartered in Southern Maryland with 12 branches located in Maryland and Virginia. The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Community Financial Corporation (the “Company”). The Bank’s branches are located in Waldorf (two branches), Bryans Road, Dunkirk, Leonardtown, La Plata (two branches), Charlotte Hall, Prince Frederick, Lusby, California, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Bank has two operation centers located at the main office in Waldorf, Maryland and in Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Company maintains five loan production offices (“LPOs”) in Annapolis, La Plata, Prince Frederick and Leonardtown, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Leonardtown LPO is co-located with the branch and the Fredericksburg LPO is co-located with the operation center.

 

The Company closed its Central Park Fredericksburg branch during the third quarter of 2017.

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of County First Bank (“County First”) after regulatory approval and County First shareholder approvals were obtained. The Company’s assets increased to $1.6 billion during the first quarter of 2018. See Note 2 – Business Combination and Goodwill for additional information.

 

Use of Estimates

 

In preparing Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of OREO, the valuation of goodwill and deferred tax assets.

 

  101  

 

 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located in the Fredericksburg area of Virginia and the Southern Maryland counties of Calvert, Charles and St. Mary’s. Notes 6 and 7 discuss the types of securities and loans held by the Company. The Company does not have significant concentration in any one customer or industry.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Securities

 

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity (“HTM”) and recorded at amortized cost. Securities purchased and held principally for trading in the near term are classified as “trading securities” and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. The Company held no trading securities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading securities are classified as available for sale (“AFS”) and recorded at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the estimated fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other than temporary impairment losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. Investments in Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stocks are recorded at cost and are considered restricted as to marketability. The Bank is required to maintain investments in the Federal Home Loan Bank based upon levels of borrowings.

 

Debt securities are evaluated quarterly to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). The term other-than-temporary is not necessarily intended to indicate a permanent decline in value. It means that the prospects for near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the investment. Under accounting guidance, for recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments the amount of other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized through earnings for debt securities is determined by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the amortized cost of the security. The discount rate used to determine the credit loss is the expected book yield on the security. The Company does not evaluate declines in the value of securities of Government Sponsored Enterprises (“GSEs”) or investments backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government (e.g. US Treasury Bills), for other-than-temporary impairment.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Residential mortgage loans intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, in the aggregate. Fair value is derived from secondary market quotations for similar instruments. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

 

Residential mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with the mortgage servicing rights retained by the Company. The carrying value of mortgage loans sold is reduced by the cost allocated to the associated servicing rights. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related mortgage loans sold, using the specific identification method.

 

The Company exited the residential mortgage origination line of business in April 2015 for individual owner occupied residential first mortgages and established third party sources to supply its residential whole loan portfolio. The Company continues to underwrite loans for non-owner occupied residential rental properties. The Company may sell certain loans forward into the secondary market at a specified price with a specified date on a best efforts basis. These forward sales are derivative financial instruments. The Company does not recognize gains or losses due to interest rate changes for loans sold forward on a best efforts basis. The Bank had no loans held for sale at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively., and sold no 1-4 family residential mortgage loans for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

  102  

 

 

Loans Receivable

 

The Company originates real estate mortgages, construction and land development loans, commercial loans and consumer loans. The Company purchases residential owner-occupied first mortgages from established third-parties. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is comprised of loans throughout Southern Maryland and the Fredericksburg area of Virginia. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

 

Loans that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, adjusted for the allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or premiums. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and premiums, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

 

Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered credit impaired. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as internal risk grade, past due and nonaccrual status, recent borrower credit scores and recent loan-to-value (“LTV”) percentages. Purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans are initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. We estimate the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition using specific credit review of certain loans, quantitative credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk models, and qualitative economic and environmental assessments, each of which incorporate our best estimate of current key relevant factors, such as property values, default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds.

 

Under the accounting guidance for PCI loans, the excess of the total cash flows expected to be collected over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool of loans, in situations where there is a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. The difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference and is available to absorb future charge-offs.

 

In addition, subsequent to acquisition, we periodically evaluate our estimate of cash flows expected to be collected. These evaluations require the continued usage of key assumptions and estimates, similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Estimates of cash flows for PCI loans require significant judgment given the impact of property value changes, changing loss severities, prepayment speeds and other relevant factors. Decreases in the expected cash flows will generally result in a charge to the provision for loan losses resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses. Significant increases in the expected cash flows will generally result in an increase in interest income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool of loans. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full or part from the borrower or foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

 

Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed on non-accrual status when, in the opinion of management, the collection of additional interest is doubtful. The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in the process of collection. Non-accrual loans include certain loans that are current with all loan payments and are placed on non-accrual status due to customer operating results and cash flows. Non-accrual loans are evaluated for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis in accordance with the Company’s impairment methodology. Interest is recognized on non-accrual loans on a cost recovery or cash-basis.

 

Consumer loans are typically charged-off no later than 90 days past due. Mortgage and commercial loans are fully or partially charged-off when in management’s judgment all reasonable efforts to return a loan to performing status have occurred. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

 

All interest accrued but not collected from loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

  103  

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans

 

The allowance for loan losses is established as probable losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans considering historical experience, the composition and size of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The allowance for loan losses consists of a general and a specific component. The general component is based upon historical loss experience and a review of qualitative risk factors by portfolio segment (See Note 7 for a description of portfolio segments). The historical loss experience factor is tracked over various time horizons for each portfolio segment. The Company considers qualitative factors in addition to the loss experience factor. These include trends by portfolio segment in charge-offs, delinquencies, classified loans, loan concentrations and the rate of portfolio segment growth. Qualitative factors also include an assessment of the current regulatory environment, the quality of credit administration and loan portfolio management and national and local economic trends.

 

The specific component of the allowance for loan losses relates to individual impaired loans with an identified impairment loss. The Company evaluates substandard and doubtful classified loans, loans delinquent 90 days or greater, non-accrual loans and troubled debt restructured loans (“TDRs”) to determine whether a loan is impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the circumstances surrounding the loan. These circumstances include the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Loans not impaired are included in the pool of loans evaluated in the general component of the allowance.

 

If a specific loan is deemed to be impaired, it is evaluated for impairment. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than carrying value of the loan.

 

TDRs are loans that have been modified to provide for a reduction or a delay in the payment of either interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. A loan extended or renewed at a stated interest rate equal to the current interest rate for new debt with similar risk is not considered a TDR. Once an obligation has been classified as a TDR it continues to be considered a TDR until paid in full or until the debt is refinanced and considered unimpaired. All TDRs are considered impaired and are evaluated for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis. The Company does not participate in any specific government or Company-sponsored loan modification programs. All restructured loan agreements are individual contracts negotiated with a borrower.

 

Servicing

 

Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through the purchase or sale of financial assets. Generally, purchased servicing rights are capitalized at the cost to acquire the rights. For sales of mortgage loans, a portion of the cost of originating the loan is allocated to the servicing based on relative estimated fair value. Estimated fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Capitalized servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized into noninterest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets.

 

  104  

 

 

Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the estimated fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into tranches based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual tranche, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the tranche. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular tranche, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.

 

Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal and recorded as income when earned. The amortization of mortgage servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Land is carried at cost. Premises, improvements and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows:

 

Buildings and Improvements: 10 to 50 years

Furniture and Equipment: three to 15 years

Automobiles: four to five years

 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements that extend the useful life of premises and equipment are capitalized.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

 

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the estimated fair value at the date of foreclosure less selling costs, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less the cost to sell. Based on updated valuations, the Bank has the ability to reverse a valuation allowance that was recorded subsequent to the initial carrying value up to the amount of the initial recorded carrying value (initial cost basis). Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in noninterest expense. Gains or losses on disposition are included in noninterest expense.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company; (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets; and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of businesses acquired over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. See Note 2 – Business Combinations and Goodwill.

 

Intangible assets are acquired assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Our intangible assets relate to core deposits. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated life. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized until their lives are determined to be definite. Intangible assets, premises and equipment and other long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value. See Note 2 - Business Combinations and Goodwill.

 

Business Combinations

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) requires that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all business combinations and that an acquirer be identified for each business combination. Under U.S. GAAP, the acquirer is the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, and the acquisition date is the date the acquirer achieves control. U.S. GAAP requires that the acquirer recognize the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date. The Company determines the fair values of loans, core deposit intangible, and deposits with the assistance of a third-party vendor.

 

  105  

 

 

Loans acquired in business combinations are recorded in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” Accordingly, acquired loans are segregated between purchase credit impaired (“PCI”) loans (ASC 310-30) and Non-PCI loans (ASC-310-20) and are recorded at fair value without the carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. For PCI loans, the excess of expected cash flows above the fair value will be accreted to interest income over the remaining lives of the loans in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30. For Non-PCI loans, the total discount/premium will be accreted to interest income over the remaining lives of the loans in accordance with FASB ASC 310-20.

 

A dvertising Costs

 

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with its subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws and when it is considered more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized. It is the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

 

Off Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under commercial lines of credit, letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company has stock-based incentive arrangements to attract and retain key personnel in order to promote the success of the business. In May 2015, the 2015 Equity Compensation Plan (the “2015 plan”) was approved by shareholders, which authorizes the issuance of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock units and stock options to the Board of Directors and key employees.

 

Compensation cost for all stock-based awards is measured at fair value on date of grant and recognized over the vesting period. Such value is recognized as expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The estimation of stock awards that ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. The Company considers many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including types of awards, employee class and historical experience.

 

The Company and the Bank currently maintain incentive compensation plans which provide for payments to be made in cash or other share-based compensation. The Company has accrued the full amounts due under these plans.

 

Earnings Per Common Share (“EPS”)

 

Basic earnings per common share represent income available to common stockholders, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Unencumbered shares held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) are treated as outstanding in computing earnings per share. Shares issued to the ESOP but pledged as collateral for loans obtained to provide funds to acquire the shares are not treated as outstanding in computing earnings per share.

 

Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. Potential dilutive common shares are determined using the treasury stock method and include incremental shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and other share-based compensation awards. The Company excludes from the diluted EPS calculation anti-dilutive options, because the exercise price of the options were greater than the average market price of the common shares.

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

The Company records revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 and all subsequent ASUs that modified ASU 2014-09, which have been codified in ASC Topic 606. Under Topic 606, the Company must identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

  106  

 

 

The Company’s primary sources of revenue are derived from interest and dividends earned on loans, investment securities, and other financial instruments that are not within the scope of Topic 606. The Company evaluated the nature of its contracts with customers and determined that further disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers into more granular categories beyond what is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income was not necessary. The Company generally fully satisfies its performance obligations on its contracts with customers as services are rendered and the transaction prices are typically fixed; charged either on a periodic basis or based on activity. Adoption of the amendments to the revenue recognition principles, did not materially change our accounting policies

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as components of comprehensive income as a separate statement in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Additionally, the Company discloses accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component in the equity section of the balance sheet.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”).

 

ASU 2014-09 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers . In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 which is a new standard related to revenue recognition. Under the new standard, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those good or services. This new standard supersedes and replaces nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance, establishes a new control-based revenue recognition model, changes the basis for deciding when revenue is recognized over time or at a point in time, provides new and more detailed guidance on specific topics and expands and improves disclosures about revenue. In addition, this new standard specifies the accounting for some costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer.

 

The amendments in this update became effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the new standard. The Company’s revenue streams that are in-scope from the update include: financed OREO sales; service charges on deposit accounts, including ATM fees, overdraft fees and wealth management income. Our revenue from customer contracts are fees assessed and collected as the transaction occurs. The adoption of ASC 606 did not result in a change to the accounting for any of the in-scope revenue streams; as such, no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded.

 

ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . ASU 2016-01, among other things, (i) requires equity investments, with certain exceptions, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, (ii) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, (iii) eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, (iv) requires public business entities to use the exit price when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, (v) requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, (vi) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements and (viii) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale. ASU 2016-01 became effective for us on January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the new pronouncement did not have a significant impact on our consolidated statements of income as we had only one equity security that was valued at $4.4 million on January 1, 2018. At December 31, 2018, the exit price observations for the loan portfolio were determined with the assistance from an independent third-party using its proprietary valuation model and methodology and may not reflect actual or prospective market valuations. The valuation is based on the probability of default, loss given default, recovery delay, prepayment, and discount rate assumptions. The new methodology is a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-01.

 

  107  

 

 

ASU 2016-02 - Leases (Topic 842 ). In February 2016, the FASB amended existing guidance that requires lessees recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short term leases) at the commencement date (1) a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged.

 

ASU 2016-02 will be effective for us on January 1, 2019 and initially required transition using a modified retrospective approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842) – Targeted Improvements,” which, among other things, provides an additional transition method that would allow entities to not apply the guidance in ASU 2016-02 in the comparative periods presented in the financial statements and instead recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. In December 2018, the FASB also issued ASU 2018-20, “Leases (Topic 842) - Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors,” which provides for certain policy elections and changes lessor accounting for sales and similar taxes and certain lessor costs.

 

Upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, ASU 2018-11 and ASU 2018-20 on January 1, 2019, we expect to recognize right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities of approximately $8-$11 million. We expect to elect to apply certain practical expedients provided under ASU 2016-02 whereby we will not reassess (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. We also do not expect to apply the recognition requirements of ASU 2016-02 to any short-term leases (as defined by related accounting guidance). We expect to account for lease and non-lease components separately because such amounts are readily determinable under our lease contracts and because we expect this election will result in a lower impact on our balance sheet. We expect to utilize the modified-retrospective transition approach prescribed by ASU 2018-11.

 

ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) - Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren’t measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, will apply to (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments, and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also simplifies the accounting model for Purchase Credit Impaired (“PCI”) debt securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity’s assumptions, models, and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach).

 

The Company has formed a CECL committee with representation from various departments. The committee has selected a third-party vendor solution to assist us in the application of the ASU 2016-13. The committee is currently working through the implementation plan which includes assessment and documentation of processes, internal controls and data sources; model development and documentation; and system configuration, among other things. The adoption of the ASU 2016-13 could result in an increase or decrease in the allowance for loan losses as a result of changing from an “incurred loss” model to an “expected loss” model. Furthermore, ASU 2016-13 will necessitate that we establish an allowance for expected credit losses for certain debt securities and other financial assets. While we are currently unable to reasonably estimate the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13, we expect that the impact of adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics, and quality of our loan and securities portfolios as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts as of the adoption date. The committee is continuing to evaluate the provisions of ASU 2016-13 to determine the potential impact the new standard will have on the company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. This new standard will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2020. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective.

 

  108  

 

 

ASU 2016-15 Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) - Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . ASU 2016-15 is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how eight particular transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. Entities will be required to apply the guidance retrospectively. If it is impracticable to apply the guidance retrospectively for an issue, the amendments related to that issue would be applied prospectively. As this guidance only affects the classification within the statement of cash flows, ASU 2016-15 did not to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-16 - Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. ASU 2016-16 provides guidance stating that an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-01 - Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Clarifying the Definition of a Business. ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition and provides a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities constitutes a business. ASU 2017-01 is intended to provide guidance when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements as the transaction to acquire County First Bank was already clearly within the scope of ASC 805 Business Combinations.

 

ASU 2017-04 - Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test which required entities to compute the implied fair value of goodwill. Under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us on January 1, 2020, with earlier adoption permitted and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-05 - Other Income - Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20) - Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets. ASU 2017-05 clarifies the scope of Subtopic 610-20 and adds guidance for partial sales of nonfinancial assets, including partial sales of real estate. Historically, U.S. GAAP contained several different accounting models to evaluate whether the transfer of certain assets qualified for sale treatment. ASU 2017-05 reduces the number of potential accounting models that might apply and clarifies which model does apply in various circumstances. ASU 2017-05 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-08 - Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20) - Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.” ASU 2017-08 shortens the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium to require such premiums to be amortized to the earliest call date unless applicable guidance related to certain pools of securities is applied to consider estimated prepayments. Under prior guidance, entities were generally required to amortize premiums on individual, non-pooled callable debt securities as a yield adjustment over the contractual life of the security. ASU 2017-08 does not change the accounting for callable debt securities held at a discount. ASU 2017-08 will be effective for us on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2017-08 on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-09 - Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Scope of Modification Accounting. ASU 2017-09 clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award must be accounted for as modifications. Under ASU 2017-09, an entity will not apply modification accounting to a share-based payment award if all of the following are the same immediately before and after the change: (i) the award's fair value, (ii) the award's vesting conditions and (iii) the award's classification as an equity or liability instrument. ASU 2017-09 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

  109  

 

 

ASU 2018-02 - Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Job Act (Tax Act) was signed into law. Under current U.S. GAAP, deferred tax assets and liabilities are to be adjusted for the effect of a change in tax laws or rates with the effect included in income from continuing operations in the reporting period that includes the enactment date. This accounting treatment resulted in the tax effect of items within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) not reflecting the appropriate tax rate. This ASU allows stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Act to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings. The Company early adopted this guidance during the quarter ended December 31, 2017, resulting in a reclassification of $196,000 from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings to adjust the tax effect of items within accumulated other comprehensive loss to reflect the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate. Refer to Note 3, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, for additional information.

 

ASU 2018-07 - Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The ASU expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard but does not expect this standard to have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position and liquidity.

 

ASU 2018-11 - Leases - Targeted Improvements . This ASU provide entities with relief from the costs of implementing certain aspects of the new leasing standard, ASU No. 2016-02. Specifically, under the amendments in ASU 2018-11: (1) entities may elect not to recast the comparative periods presented when transitioning to the new leasing standard, and (2) lessors may elect not to separate lease and non-lease components when certain conditions are met. The amendments have the same effective date as ASU 2016-02 (January 1, 2019 for the Company). The Company elected both transition options.

 

ASU 2018-13 - Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement . In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13. This ASU eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Among the changes, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy but will be required to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted. Entities are also allowed to early adopt any eliminated or modified disclosure requirements and delay adoption of the new disclosure requirements until their effective date. As ASU No. 2018-13 only revises disclosure requirements, it will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  110  

 

 

NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATION AND INTANGBLE ASSETS

 

Business Combinations

 

Generally, acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, “Business Combinations”. Both the purchased assets and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio, is a complicated process involving significant judgment regarding methods and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values becomes available.

 

County First Bank

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed its merger of County First Bank (“County First”) with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank (the “Merger”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 31, 2017, by and among the Company, the Bank and County First. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of County First issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into the right to receive 0.9543 shares of Company common stock and $2.20 in cash (the “Merger Consideration”). The $2.20 in cash represents the sum of (a) $1.00 in cash consideration (the “Cash Consideration”) plus (b) $1.20 in Contingent Cash Consideration that was determined before the completion of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. The aggregate merger consideration consisted of 918,526 shares of the Company’s common stock and $2.1 million in cash. Based upon the $38.78 per share price of the Company’s common stock, the transaction value was $37.7 million.

 

County First had five branch offices in La Plata, Waldorf, New Market, Prince Frederick and California, Maryland. The Bank kept the La Plata branch open and consolidated the remaining four branches with legacy Community Bank of the Chesapeake branch offices in May of 2018.

 

The assets acquired, and liabilities assumed from County First were recorded at their fair value as of the closing date of the merger. Goodwill of $10.3 million was recorded at the time of the acquisition. As a result of refinements to the fair value mark on fixed assets, and deferred taxes, goodwill as indicated below is $10.8 million at December 31, 2018 which is an increase of $558,236 from the goodwill estimated at the time of acquisition.

 

  111  

 

 

(dollars in thousands)   As Recorded
by
County First
    Fair Value and Other
 Merger Related
Adjustments
    As Recorded
 by
the Company
 
                   
Consideration Paid                        
Cash                   $ 2,122  
Common shares issued                     35,620  
Fair Value of Total Consideration Transferred                   $ 37,742  
                         
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 34,409     $ -     $ 34,409  
Securities     38,861       (659 )     38,202  
Loans, net of allowance     142,404       (1,654 )     140,750  
Premises and equipment     2,980       181       3,161  
Core deposit intangibles     -       3,590       3,590  
Interest receivable     513       (12 )     501  
Bank owned life insurance     6,275       -       6,275  
Deferred tax asset     639       (426 )     213  
Other assets     586       -       586  
Total assets acquired   $ 226,667     $ 1,020     $ 227,687  
                         
Deposits   $ 199,210     $ 18     $ 199,228  
Other liabilities     1,449       103       1,552  
Total liabilities assumed   $ 200,659     $ 121     $ 200,780  
Net identifiable assets acquired   $ 26,008     $ 899     $ 26,907  
                         
Goodwill resulting from acquisition                   $ 10,835  

 

The Company recognized core deposit intangible assets of $3.6 million with the acquisition of County First Bank. Core deposit intangible is amortized on an accelerated basis over its estimated life of 8 years. Amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $784,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization were as follows at year end:

 

    As of December 31, 2018     As of December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Intangible
Asset
    Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Intangible
Asset
 
Core deposit intangibles   $ 3,590     $ (784 )   $ 2,806     $ -     $ -     $ -  

 

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years:

 

    (dollars in thousands)        
    2019     $ 688  
      2020       591  
    2021       495  
      2022       398  
    2023       302  
            $ 2,474  

 

  112  

 

 

The following table presents certain pro forma information as if County First Bank had been acquired on January 1, 2017. These results combine the historical results of County First in the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2017. Merger and acquisition costs of $3.6 million (pre-tax) are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2018. There are no assumptions about what merger related costs would have been in the proforma information below, only actual expenses are included in net income. Furthermore, additional expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integration were recorded during 2018. Additionally, the Company expects to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts below:

 

Proforma Results for the
Years Ended December 31, 2017
 
(dollars in thousands, except per
share amounts)
  The Community
Financial Corporation
Actual
    County First
Actual
    Proforma
December, 2017
    Actual Results
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 
                         
Total revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income)   $ 47,429     $ 8,812     $ 56,241     $ 54,955  
Net income     7,208       926       8,134       11,228  
Basic earnings per common share   $ 1.56     $ 1.01     $ 1.47     $ 2.02  

 

  113  

 

 

NOTE 3 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

The following table presents the components of comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The Company’s comprehensive gains and losses and reclassification adjustments were solely for securities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.  Reclassification adjustments are recorded in non-interest income.

 

Years Ended   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
(dollars in thousands)   Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax     Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax     Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax  
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period   $ (879 )   $ (242 )   $ (637 )   $ (103 )   $ (41 )   $ (62 )   $ (1,095 )   $ (433 )   $ (662 )
Reclassification adjustments     -       -       -       (8 )     (3 )     (5 )     (22 )     (7 )     (15 )
Other comprehensive (loss) income   $ (879 )   $ (242 )   $ (637 )   $ (111 )   $ (44 )   $ (67 )   $ (1,117 )   $ (440 )   $ (677 )

 

The following table presents the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

    Year Ended
December 31, 2018
    Year Ended
December 31, 2017
    Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
(dollars in thousands)   Net Unrealized Gains
And Losses
    Net Unrealized Gains
And Losses
   

Net Unrealized Gains

And Losses

 
Beginning of period   $ (1,191 )   $ (928 )   $ (251 )
Other comprehensive gains (losses), net of tax before reclassifications     (637 )     (62 )     (662 )
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss     -       (5 )     (15 )
Net other comprehensive (loss) income     (637 )     (67 )     (677 )
Reclassification due to Accounting Standard Updates (ASU 2016-01 & 2018-02)     (19 )     (196 )     -  
End of period   $ (1,847 )   $ (1,191 )   $ (928 )

 

  114  

 

 

Following our adoption of ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities on January 1, 2018, the Company accounts for its investment in equity securities with a readily determinable fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. $19,000 was reclassified from AOCI into Retained Earnings.

 

The FASB issued ASU 2018-02 allowing companies to reclassify stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Job Act from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings. The Company early adopted this guidance during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 and utilizing the portfolio method reclassified $196,000 from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings to eliminate the stranded tax effects.

 

NOTE 4 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic earnings per common share represent income available to common shareholders, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. Potential common shares that may have been issued by the Company related to outstanding stock options and were determined using the treasury stock method. The Company has not granted any stock options since 2007 and all outstanding options expired on July 17, 2017.

 

As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, there were 0, 0 and 15,081 options, respectively, which were excluded from the calculation as their effect would be anti-dilutive, because the exercise price of the options was greater than the average market price of the common shares. Basic and diluted earnings per share have been computed based on weighted-average common and common equivalent shares outstanding as follows:

 

    Years Ended  
    December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
Net Income   $ 11,228     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  
                         
Average number of common shares outstanding     5,550,510       4,627,776       4,599,502  
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents     -       1,452       -  
Average number of shares used to calculate diluted EPS     5,550,510       4,629,228       4,599,502  
                         
Earnings Per Common Share                        
Basic   $ 2.02     $ 1.56       1.59  
Diluted     2.02       1.56       1.59  

 

NOTE 5 -RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS

 

The Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, these reserve balances amounted to $1.3 million and $915,000, respectively.

 

  115  

 

 

NOTE 6 – SECURITIES

 

    December 31, 2018  
    Amortized    

Gross

Unrealized

   

Gross

Unrealized

    Estimated  
(dollars in thousands)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
Securities available for sale (AFS)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential Mortgage Backed Securities ("MBS")   $ 7,641     $ 1     $ 281     $ 7,361  
Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs")     102,411       199       1,870       100,740  
U.S. Agency     12,472       9       606       11,875  
Total securities available for sale   $ 122,524     $ 209     $ 2,757     $ 119,976  
                                 
Securities held to maturity (HTM)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential MBS   $ 25,948     $ 75     $ 756     $ 25,267  
Residential CMOs     52,375       64       1,360       51,079  
U.S. Agency     10,508       7       404       10,111  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others:                                
Residential CMOs     482       -       41       441  
Callable GSE Agency Bonds     5,009       -       110       4,899  
Certificates of Deposit Fixed     950       -       -       950  
U.S. government obligations     999       -       1       998  
Total securities held to maturity   $ 96,271     $ 147     $ 2,672     $ 93,745  
                                 
Equity securities carried at fair value through income                                
CRA investment fund   $ 4,428     $ -     $ -     $ 4,428  
Non-marketable equity securities                                
Other equity securities   $ 209     $ -     $ -     $ 209  

 

  116  

 

 

    December 31, 2017  
    Amortized    

Gross

Unrealized

   

Gross

Unrealized

    Estimated  
(dollars in thousands)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
Securities available for sale (AFS)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential MBS   $ 7,265     $ -     $ 178     $ 7,087  
Residential CMOs     45,283       12       1,158       44,137  
U.S. Agency     12,863       -       346       12,517  
Bond mutual funds     4,397       26       -       4,423  
Total securities available for sale   $ 69,808     $ 38     $ 1,682     $ 68,164  
                                 
Securities held to maturity (HTM)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential MBS   $ 29,113     $ 135     $ 261     $ 28,987  
Residential CMOs     54,805       62       845       54,022  
U.S. Agency     8,660       -       235       8,425  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others:                                
Residential CMOs     651       -       52       599  
Callable GSE Agency Bonds     5,017       -       43       4,974  
U.S. government obligations     1,000       -       -       1,000  
Total securities held to maturity   $ 99,246     $ 197     $ 1,436     $ 98,007  
                                 
Non-marketable equity securities                                
Other equity securities   $ 121     $ -     $ -     $ 121  

 

At December 31, 2018, and 2017 securities with an amortized cost of $41.3 million and $31.5 million were pledged to secure certain customer deposits. At December 31, 2018, and 2017 securities with an amortized cost of $3.3 million and $4.0 million were pledged as collateral for advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta.

 

At December 31, 2018, and 2017 greater than 99% of the asset-backed securities and agency bond portfolio was rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent credit rating from another major rating agency. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies had an average life of 4.37 years and 4.74 years and average duration of 3.86 years and 4.22 years and are guaranteed by their issuer as to credit risk. HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies had an average life of 4.88 years and 4.39 years and average duration of 4.25 years and 4.95 years and are guaranteed by their issuer as to credit risk.

 

Management believes that AFS securities with unrealized losses will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed. The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold these securities to maturity. Because our intention is not to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments, management considers the unrealized losses in the AFS portfolio to be temporary.

 

The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold the HTM securities with unrealized losses until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Because our intention is not to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, management considers the unrealized losses in the held-to-maturity portfolio to be temporary.

 

No charges related to other-than-temporary impairment were made during for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, there was no sales of securities. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized net gains on the sale of securities of $175,000. The Company sold three AFS securities with aggregate carrying values of $3.7 million and nine HTM securities with aggregate carrying values of $4.8 million, recognizing gains of $9,000 and $166,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016 the Company recognized net gains on the sale of securities of $31,000. The Company sold five AFS securities with aggregate carrying values of $6.5 million and one HTM security with a carrying value of $698,000, recognizing gains of $23,000 and $8,000, respectively.

 

  117  

 

 

The sale of HTM securities was permitted under ASC 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” ASC 320 permits the sale of HTM securities for certain changes in circumstances. The Company will dispose of HTM securities using the safe harbor rule that allows for the sale of HTM securities that have principal payments paid down to less than 15% of original purchased par. ASC 320 10-25-15 indicates that a sale of a debt security after a substantial portion of the principal has been collected is equivalent to holding the security to maturity. In addition, the Company may dispose of HTM securities under ASC 320-10-25-6 due to a significant deterioration in the issues’ creditworthiness.

 

AFS Securities

Gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value by length of time that the individual AFS securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2018   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies   $ 30,095     $ 163     $ 54,846     $ 2,594     $ 84,941     $ 2,757  
    $ 30,095     $ 163     $ 54,846     $ 2,594     $ 84,941     $ 2,757  

 

December 31, 2017   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies   $ 24,571     $ 328     $ 38,428     $ 1,354     $ 62,999     $ 1,682  
    $ 24,571     $ 328     $ 38,428     $ 1,354     $ 62,999     $ 1,682  

 

At December 31, 2018, and 2017 the AFS investment portfolio had an estimated fair value of $120.0 million and $68.3 million, of which $84.9 million and $63.0 million of the securities had some unrealized losses from their amortized cost respectively.

 

AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs are guaranteed by the issuer and AFS U.S. government agency securities and bonds are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. At December 31, 2018, and 2017 total unrealized losses on the portfolio were $2.8 million and $1.7 million of the portfolio amortized cost of $122.5 million and $65.4 million, respectively. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies with unrealized losses had an average life of 4.32 years and 4.71 years and an average duration of 3.83 years and 4.20 years. Management believes that the securities will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed.

 

  118  

 

 

HTM Securities

 

Gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value by length of time that the individual HTM securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2018   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies   $ 6,955     $ 38     $ 70,752     $ 2,483     $ 77,707     $ 2,521  
Callable GSE Agency Bonds     -       -       4,899       110       4,899       110  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others     -       -       441       41       441       41  
    $ 6,955     $ 38     $ 76,092     $ 2,634     $ 83,047     $ 2,672  

 

December 31, 2017   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies   $ 36,607     $ 254     $ 45,119     $ 1,130     $ 81,726     $ 1,384  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others     -       -       599       52       599       52  
    $ 36,607     $ 254     $ 45,718     $ 1,182     $ 82,325     $ 1,436  

 

At December 31, 2018, and 2017 the HTM investment portfolio had an estimated fair value of $93.7 million and $98.0 million, of which $83.0 million and $82.3 million of the securities had some unrealized losses from their amortized cost, respectively. Of these securities, $82.6 million and $81.7 million were asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies, and the remaining $441,000 and $599,000 were asset-backed securities issued by others.

 

HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and GSE agency bonds are guaranteed by the issuer and HTM U.S. government agency securities and bonds are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. At December 31, 2018, and 2017 total unrealized losses on the portfolio were $2.7 million and $1.4 million of the portfolio amortized cost of $94.8 million and $98.6 million, respectively. The securities with unrealized losses had an average life of 4.88 years and 5.02 years and an average duration of 4.26 years and 4.43 years. Management believes that the securities will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed. The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold these securities to maturity.

 

HTM asset-backed securities issued by others are collateralized mortgage obligation securities. The securities have credit support tranches that absorb losses prior to the tranches that the Company owns. The Company reviews credit support positions on its securities regularly. At December 31, 2018, and 2017 total unrealized losses on the asset-backed securities issued by others were $41,000 and $52,000 of the portfolio amortized cost of $482,000 and $651,000, respectively. HTM asset-backed securities issued by others with unrealized losses had an average life of 3.01 years and 3.20 years and an average duration of 2.33 years and 2.66 years.

 

  119  

 

 

Maturities

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2018 by contractual maturity, are shown below. The Company has allocated the asset-backed securities into the four maturity groups listed below using the expected average life of the individual securities based on statistics provided by industry sources. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.

 

December 31, 2018   Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  
(dollars in thousands)   Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
Within one year                                
U.S. government obligations   $ -     $ -     $ 999     $ 999  
                                 
Asset-backed securities & U.S. Agencies                                
Within one year     19,719       19,309       19,862       23,965  
Over one year through five years     59,732       58,490       41,013       37,408  
Over five years through ten years     33,788       33,085       22,422       20,451  
After ten years     9,285       9,092       11,975       10,922  
Total asset-backed securities     122,524       119,976       95,272       92,746  
    $ 122,524     $ 119,976     $ 96,271     $ 93,745  

 

Credit Quality of Asset-Backed Securities

 

The tables below present the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or equivalent credit rating from other major rating agencies for AFS and HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies and others or bonds issued by GSEs or U.S. government agencies at December 31, 2018 and 2017 by carrying value. The Company considers noninvestment grade securities rated BB+ or lower as classified assets for regulatory and financial reporting. GSE asset-backed securities and GSE agency bonds with S&P AA+ ratings were treated as AAA based on regulatory guidance.

 

December 31, 2018   December 31, 2017
Credit Rating   Amount     Credit Rating   Amount  
(dollars in thousands)
AAA   $ 215,764     AAA   $ 162,336  
BB     483     BB     651  
B+     -     B+     -  
Total   $ 216,247     Total   $ 162,987  

 

  120  

 

 

NOTE 7 – LOANS

 

Loans consist of the following:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   PCI     All other
loans**
    Total     % of
Gross
Loans
    Total     % of
Gross
Loans
 
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 1,785     $ 876,231     $ 878,016       65.18 %   $ 727,314       63.25 %
Residential first mortgages     466       156,243       156,709       11.63 %     170,374       14.81 %
Residential rentals     897       123,401       124,298       9.23 %     110,228       9.58 %
Construction and land development     -       29,705       29,705       2.21 %     27,871       2.42 %
Home equity and second mortgages     72       35,489       35,561       2.64 %     21,351       1.86 %
Commercial loans     -       71,680       71,680       5.32 %     56,417       4.91 %
Consumer loans     -       751       751       0.06 %     573       0.05 %
Commercial equipment     -       50,202       50,202       3.73 %     35,916       3.12 %
Gross loans     3,220       1,343,702       1,346,922       100.00 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Net deferred costs (fees)     -       1,183       1,183       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 3,220     $ 1,344,885     $ 1,348,105             $ 1,151,130          
Less: allowance for loan losses     -       (10,976 )     (10,976 )     -0.81 %     (10,515 )     -0.91 %
Net loans   $ 3,220     $ 1,333,909     $ 1,337,129             $ 1,140,615          

 

**All other loans include acquired Non-PCI pools.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses totaled $11.0 million and $10.5 million, or 0.81% and 0.91%, respectively, of loan balances. Allowance for loan loss percentage levels decreased in 2018, primarily due to the addition of County First loans, after consummation of the legal merger on January 1, 2018, for which no allowance was provided for in accordance with purchase accounting standards. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on a periodic evaluation of the portfolio with consideration given to the overall loss experience, current economic conditions, size, growth and composition of the loan portfolio, financial condition of the borrowers and other relevant factors that, in management’s judgment, warrant recognition in providing an adequate allowance.

 

Net deferred loan costs of $1.2 million at December 31, 2018 included net deferred fees paid by customers of $3.1 million offset by net deferred costs of $4.3 million, which include premiums paid for the purchase of residential first mortgages and deferred costs recorded in accordance with ASC 310-20 to capture loan origination costs. Net deferred loan costs of $1.1 million at December 31, 2017 included net deferred fees paid by customers of $2.8 million offset by net deferred costs of $3.9 million.

 

Risk Characteristics of Portfolio Segments

 

Concentrations of Credit - Loans are primarily made within the Company’s operating footprint of Southern Maryland, Annapolis, Maryland and the greater Fredericksburg area of Virginia. Real estate loans can be affected by the condition of the local real estate market. Commercial and industrial loans can be affected by the local economic conditions. The commercial loan portfolio has concentrations in business loans secured by real estate and real estate development loans. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no loans outstanding with foreign entities.

 

The Company manages its credit products and exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific portfolio segments (classes), which are levels at which the Company develops and documents its allowance for loan loss methodology. These segments are:

 

Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”)

 

Commercial and other real estate projects include office buildings, retail locations, churches, other special purpose buildings and commercial construction. Commercial construction balances were 5.9% and 6.2% of the CRE portfolio at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans under these product lines. The primary security on a commercial real estate loan is the real property and the leases that produce income for the real property. Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally limited to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or sales price at origination and have an initial contractual loan payment period ranging from three to 20 years.

 

  121  

 

 

Loans secured by commercial real estate are larger and involve greater risks than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by such properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.

 

Residential First Mortgages

 

Residential first mortgage loans are generally long-term loans, amortized on a monthly basis, with principal and interest due each month. The contractual loan payment period for residential loans typically ranges from ten to 30 years. The Bank’s experience indicates that real estate loans remain outstanding for significantly shorter time periods than their contractual terms. Borrowers may refinance or prepay loans at their option, without penalty. The Bank’s residential portfolio has both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential first mortgages. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank purchased residential first mortgages of $11.0 million and $25.5 million, respectively.

 

The annual and lifetime limitations on interest rate adjustments may limit the increases in interest rates on these loans. There are also credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of repricing of adjustable-rate mortgage loans. During periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest cost to the borrower. The Bank’s adjustable rate residential first mortgage portfolio was $54.2 million or 4.0% of total gross loans of $1.35 billion at December 31, 2018 compared to $56.9 million or 5.0% of total gross loans of $1.15 billion at December 31, 2017.

 

Residential Rentals

 

Residential rental mortgage loans are amortizing, with principal and interest due each month. The loans are secured by income-producing 1-4 family units and apartments. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $96.6 million and $85.0 million, respectively, were 1-4 family units and $27.7 million and $25.2 million, respectively, were apartment buildings or multi-family units. Loans secured by residential rental properties are generally limited to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or sales price at origination and have an initial contractual loan payment period ranging from three to 20 years. The primary security on a residential rental loan is the property and the leases that produce income. During periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest cost to the borrower. The Bank’s adjustable rate residential rental portfolio was $97.4 million or 7.2% of total gross loans of $1.35 billion at December 31, 2018 compared to $93.4 million or 8.1% of total gross loans of $1.15 billion at December 31, 2017.

 

Loans secured by residential rental properties involve greater risks than 1-4 family residential mortgage loans. Although, there are similar risk characteristics shared with commercial real estate loans, the balances for the loans secured by residential rental properties are generally smaller. Because payments on loans secured by residential rental properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the rental real estate market or the economy than similar owner-occupied properties.

 

Construction and Land Development

 

The Bank offers loans for the construction of one-to-four family dwellings. Generally, these loans are secured by the real estate under construction as well as by guarantees of the principals involved. In addition, the Bank offers loans to acquire and develop land, as well as loans on undeveloped, subdivided lots for home building.

 

A decline in demand for new housing might adversely affect the ability of borrowers to repay these loans. Construction and land development loans are inherently riskier than financing owner-occupied real estate. The Bank’s risk of loss is affected by the accuracy of the initial estimate of the market value of the completed project as well as the accuracy of the cost estimates made to complete the project. In addition, the volatility of the real estate market has made it increasingly difficult to ensure that the valuation of land associated with these loans is accurate. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, the Bank may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the development. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, a project’s value might be insufficient to assure full repayment. As a result of these factors, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the Bank forecloses on a project, there can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs.

 

  122  

 

 

Home Equity and Second Mortgage Loans

 

The Bank maintains a portfolio of home equity and second mortgage loans. These products contain a higher risk of default than residential first mortgages as in the event of foreclosure, the first mortgage would need to be paid off prior to collection of the second mortgage. This risk is heightened as the market value of residential property has not fully returned to pre-financial crisis levels and interest rates began to increase in 2017.

 

Commercial Loans

 

The Bank offers its business customers a variety of commercial loan products including term loans and lines of credit. Such loans are generally made for terms of five years or less. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans under these product lines. When making commercial business loans, the Bank considers the financial condition of the borrower, the borrower’s payment history of both corporate and personal debt, the projected cash flows of the business, the viability of the industry in which the borrower operates, the value of the collateral, and the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. These loans are primarily secured by equipment, real property, accounts receivable or other security as determined by the Bank.

 

Commercial loans are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself.

 

Consumer Loans

 

Consumer loans consist of loans secured by automobiles, boats, recreational vehicles and trucks. The Bank also makes home improvement loans and offers both secured and unsecured personal lines of credit. Consumer loans entail greater risk from other loan types due to being secured by rapidly depreciating assets or the reliance on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.

 

Commercial Equipment Loans

 

These loans consist primarily of fixed-rate, short-term loans collateralized by a commercial customer’s equipment or secured by real property, accounts receivable, or other security as determined by the Bank. When making commercial equipment loans, the Bank considers the same factors it considers when underwriting a commercial business loan. Commercial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. In the case of business failure, collateral would need to be liquidated to provide repayment for the loan. In many cases, the highly specialized nature of collateral equipment would make full recovery from the sale of collateral problematic.

 

Non-accrual and Aging Analysis of Current and Past Due Loans

 

Non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   Non- accrual
Delinquent
Loans
    Number
of Loans
    Non-accrual
Current
Loans
    Number
of Loans
    Total
Non-accrual
Loans
    Total
Number
of Loans
 
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 8,474       11     $ 6,158       6     $ 14,632       17  
Residential first mortgages     146       1       1,228       4       1,374       5  
Residential rentals     260       2       703       3       963       5  
Construction and land development     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity and second mortgages     147       2       -       -       147       2  
Commercial loans     866       2       -       -       866       2  
Consumer loans     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Commercial equipment     1,259       5       41       2       1,300       7  
    $ 11,152       23     $ 8,130       15     $ 19,282       38  

 

  123  

 

 

    December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Non- accrual
Delinquent
Loans
    Number
of Loans
    Non-accrual
Current
Loans
    Number
of Loans
    Total
Non-accrual
Loans
    Total
Number
of Loans
 
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 1,148       4     $ 839       3     $ 1,987       7  
Residential first mortgages     478       3       507       1       985       4  
Residential rentals     84       1       741       3       825       4  
Construction and land development     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity and second mortgages     134       3       123       1       257       4  
Commercial loans     172       2       -       -       172       2  
Consumer loans     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Commercial equipment     467       3       -       -       467       3  
    $ 2,483       16     $ 2,210       8     $ 4,693       24  

 

Non-accrual loans increased $14.6 million from $4.7 million or 0.41% of total loans at December 31, 2017 to $19.3 million or 1.43% of total loans at December 31, 2018. Non-accrual loans can be current but classified as non-accrual due to customer operating results or payment history. All interest accrued but not collected from loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. In accordance with the Company’s policy, interest income is recognized on a cash basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status.

 

At December 31, 2018, non-accrual loans of $19.3 million included 38 loans, of which $15.3 million, or 79% represented 13 loans and four customer relationships. At December 31, 2017, non-accrual loans of $4.7 million included 24 loans, of which $3.3 million, or 71% represented 10 loans and five customer relationships. During the year ended December 31, 2018, non-accrual loans increased $14.6 million primarily as a result of one well-secured classified relationship of $10.1 million that was placed on non-accrual during the second quarter of 2018. At December 31, 2018, there were $8.1 million (42%) of non-accrual loans current with all payments of principal and interest with no impairment and $11.2 million (58%) of delinquent non-accrual loans with a total of $978,000 specifically reserved.

 

Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017 included one TDR totaling $29,000 and $769,000, respectively. These loans were classified solely as non-accrual for the calculation of financial ratios. Loan delinquency (90 days or greater delinquent and 31-89 days delinquent) increased $534,000 from $11.7 million, or 1.02% of loans, at December 31, 2017 to $12.2 million, or 0.91% of loans, at December 31, 2018.

 

Non-accrual loans on which the recognition of interest has been discontinued, which did not have a specific allowance for impairment, amounted to $17.4 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Interest due but not recognized on these balances at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $456,000 and $85,000, respectively. Non-accrual loans with a specific allowance for impairment on which the recognition of interest has been discontinued amounted to $1.9 million and $876,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Interest due but not recognized on these balances at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $81,000 and $100,000, respectively.

 

  124  

 

 

The Company considers a loan to be past due or delinquent when the terms of the contractual obligation are not met by the borrower. PCI loans are included as a single category in the table below as management believes, regardless of their age, there is a lower likelihood of aggregate loss related to these loan pools. Additionally, PCI loans are discounted to allow for the accretion of income on a level yield basis over the life of the loan based on expected cash flows. Regardless of payment status, as long as cash flows can be reasonably estimated, the associated discount on these loan pools results in income recognition. An analysis of past due loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:

 

    December 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   31-60
Days
    61-89
Days
    90 or Greater
Days
    Total
Past Due
    PCI Loans     Current     Total
Loan
Receivables
 
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ 677     $ 8,474     $ 9,151     $ 1,785     $ 867,080     $ 878,016  
Residential first mortgages     -       66       146       212       466       156,031       156,709  
Residential rentals     13       53       247       313       897       123,088       124,298  
Construction and land dev.     -       -       -       -       -       29,705       29,705  
Home equity and second mtg.     266       -       147       413       72       35,076       35,561  
Commercial loans     -       -       866       866       -       70,814       71,680  
Consumer loans     1       4       -       5       -       746       751  
Commercial equipment     25       29       1,230       1,284       -       48,918       50,202  
Total   $ 305     $ 829     $ 11,110     $ 12,244     $ 3,220     $ 1,331,458     $ 1,346,922  

 

    December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   31-60
Days
    61-89
Days
    90 or Greater
Days
    Total
Past Due
    PCI Loans     Current     Total
Loan
Receivables
 
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ 6,711     $ 1,148     $ 7,859     $ -     $ 719,455     $ 727,314  
Residential first mortgages     -       68       478       546       -       169,828       170,374  
Residential rentals     -       207       84       291       -       109,937       110,228  
Construction and land dev.     -       -       -       -       -       27,871       27,871  
Home equity and second mtg.     19       18       134       171       -       21,180       21,351  
Commercial loans     892       299       172       1,363       -       55,054       56,417  
Consumer loans     -       1       -       1       -       572       573  
Commercial equipment     1,012       -       467       1,479       -       34,437       35,916  
Total   $ 1,923     $ 7,304     $ 2,483     $ 11,710     $ -     $ 1,138,334     $ 1,150,044  

 

There were no loans greater than 90 days still accruing interest at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

  125  

 

 

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructures (“TDRs”)

 

Impaired loans, including TDRs, at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
    Total
Recorded
Investment
    Related
Allowance
    YTD
Average
Recorded
Investment
    YTD
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
                                           
Commercial real estate   $27,835     $24,515     $3,025     $27,540     $326     $27,833     $1,275  
Residential first mortgages     2,527       2,527       -       2,527       -       2,573       126  
Residential rentals     1,745       1,745       -       1,745       -       1,792       85  
Construction and land dev.     729       729       -       729       -       729       45  
Home equity and second mtg.     294       288       -       288       -       291       13  
Commercial loans     2,762       1,888       863       2,751       700       2,804       118  
Consumer loans     1       -       1       1       1       1       -  
Commercial equipment     1,315       1,121       178       1,299       153       1,354       31  
Total   $ 37,208     $ 32,813     $ 4,067     $ 36,880     $ 1,180     $ 37,377     $ 1,693  

 

    December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
    Total
Recorded
Investment
    Related
Allowance
    YTD Average
Recorded
Investment
    YTD Interest
Income
Recognized
 
                                           
Commercial real estate   $ 33,180     $ 30,921     $ 2,008     $ 32,929     $ 370     $ 33,575     $ 1,379  
Residential first mortgages     2,455       1,978       459       2,437       2       2,479       91  
Residential rentals     2,389       1,981       395       2,376       18       2,432       111  
Construction and land dev.     729       -       729       729       163       729       26  
Home equity and second mtg.     317       317       -       317       -       318       12  
Commercial loans     3,010       2,783       168       2,951       168       3,048       137  
Commercial equipment     1,538       1,048       467       1,515       303       1,578       73  
Total   $ 43,618     $ 39,028     $ 4,226     $ 43,254     $ 1,024     $ 44,159     $ 1,829  

 

  126  

 

 

TDRs, included in the impaired loan schedules above, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Dollars     Number
of Loans
    Dollars     Number
of Loans
 
                         
Commercial real estate   $ 5,612       7     $ 9,273       9  
Residential first mortgages     66       1       527       2  
Residential rentals     216       1       221       1  
Construction and land development     729       2       729       2  
Commercial loans     53       1       4       1  
Commercial equipment     29       1       36       1  
Total TDRs   $ 6,705       13     $ 10,790       16  
Less: TDRs included in non-accrual loans     (29 )     (1 )     (769 )     (1 )
Total performing accrual TDR loans   $ 6,676       12     $ 10,021       15  

 

TDRs decreased $4.1 million from $10.8 million at December 31, 2017 to $6.7 million at December 31, 2018. TDRs that are included in non-accrual are classified solely as non-accrual loans for the calculation of financial ratios. The Company had specific reserves of $165,000 on one TDR totaling $1.6 million at December 31, 2018 and $413,000 on seven TDRs totaling $3.0 million at December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, TDR disposals, which included payoffs and refinancing decreased by three loans totaling $3.9 million. TDR loan principal curtailment was $176,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. There were no TDRs added during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, TDR disposals, which included payoffs and refinancing decreased by seven loans totaling $3.9 million, of which $3.0 million related to the foreclosure of the stalled residential development project. TDR loan principal curtailment was $385,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no TDRs added during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Performing TDRs as a percentage of outstanding TDRs at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $6.7 million or 99.6%, and $10.0 million or 92.9%, respectively. Interest income in the amount of $348,000 and $327,000 was recognized on outstanding TDR loans for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Bank’s TDRs are performing according to the terms of their agreements at market interest rates appropriate for the level of credit risk of each TDR loan. The average contractual interest rate on performing TDRs at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 5.08% and 4.83%, respectively.

 

  127  

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following tables detail activity in the allowance for loan losses at and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. An allocation of the allowance to one category of loans does not prevent the Company from using that allowance to absorb losses in a different category.

 

Year Ended   December 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   Beginning
Balance
    Charge-offs     Recoveries     Provisions     Ending
Balance
 
                               
Commercial real estate   $ 6,451     $ (268 )   $ 10     $ 689     $ 6,882  
Residential first mortgages     1,144       (115 )     -       (274 )     755  
Residential rentals     512       (84 )     -       70       498  
Construction and land development     462       -       -       (152 )     310  
Home equity and second mortgages     162       (7 )     18       (40 )     133  
Commercial loans     1,013       (94 )     189       374       1,482  
Consumer loans     7       (2 )     -       1       6  
Commercial equipment     764       (647 )     56       737       910  
    $ 10,515     $ (1,217 )   $ 273     $ 1,405     $ 10,976  
                                         
Purchase Credit Impaired**   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  

 

** There is no allowance for loan loss on the PCI portfolios. A more detailed rollforward schedule will be presented if an allowance is required.

 

Year Ended   December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Beginning
Balance
    Charge-offs     Recoveries     Provisions     Ending
Balance
 
Commercial real estate   $ 5,212     $ (217 )   $ 63     $ 1,393     $ 6,451  
Residential first mortgages     1,406       -       -       (262 )     1,144  
Residential rentals     362       (42 )     -       192       512  
Construction and land development     941       (26 )     -       (453 )     462  
Home equity and second mortgages     138       (14 )     1       37       162  
Commercial loans     794       (13 )     1       231       1,013  
Consumer loans     3       (2 )     -       6       7  
Commercial equipment     1,004       (168 )     62       (134 )     764  
    $ 9,860     $ (482 )   $ 127     $ 1,010     $ 10,515  

 

  128  

 

 

Year Ended   December 31, 2016  
(dollars in thousands)   Beginning
Balance
    Charge-offs     Recoveries     Provisions     Ending
Balance
 
Commercial real estate   $ 3,465     $ -     $ 58     $ 1,689     $ 5,212  
Residential first mortgages     584       -       -       822       1,406  
Residential rentals     538       (14 )     -       (162 )     362  
Construction and land development     1,103       (526 )     1       363       941  
Home equity and second mortgages     142       -       5       (9 )     138  
Commercial loans     1,477       (594 )     18       (107 )     794  
Consumer loans     2       (1 )     -       2       3  
Commercial equipment     1,229       (34 )     48       (239 )     1,004  
    $ 8,540     $ (1,169 )   $ 130     $ 2,359     $ 9,860  

 

  129  

 

 

The following tables detail loan receivable and allowance balances disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Ending balance:
individually
evaluated for
impairment
    Ending balance:
collectively
evaluated for
impairment
    Purchase Credit
Impaired
    Total     Ending balance:
individually
evaluated for
impairment
    Ending balance:
collectively
evaluated for
impairment
    Total  
Loan Receivables:                                                        
Commercial real estate   $ 27,540     $ 848,691     $ 1,785     $ 878,016     $ 32,929     $ 694,385     $ 727,314  
Residential first mortgages     2,527       153,716       466       156,709       2,437       167,937       170,374  
Residential rentals     1,745       121,656       897       124,298       2,376       107,852       110,228  
Construction and land development     729       28,976       -       29,705       729       27,142       27,871  
Home equity and second mortgages     288       35,201       72       35,561       317       21,034       21,351  
Commercial loans     2,751       68,929       -       71,680       2,951       53,466       56,417  
Consumer loans     1       750       -       751       -       573       573  
Commercial equipment     1,299       48,903       -       50,202       1,515       34,401       35,916  
    $ 36,880     $ 1,306,822     $ 3,220     $ 1,346,922     $ 43,254     $ 1,106,790     $ 1,150,044  
                                                         
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Commercial real estate   $ 326     $ 6,556     $ -     $ 6,882     $ 370     $ 6,081     $ 6,451  
Residential first mortgages     -       755       -       755       2       1,142       1,144  
Residential rentals     -       498       -       498       18       494       512  
Construction and land development     -       310       -       310       163       299       462  
Home equity and second mortgages     -       133       -       133       -       162       162  
Commercial loans     700       782       -       1,482       168       845       1,013  
Consumer loans     1       5       -       6       -       7       7  
Commercial equipment     153       757       -       910       303       461       764  
    $ 1,180     $ 9,796     $ -     $ 10,976     $ 1,024     $ 9,491     $ 10,515  

 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company expanded its factor scoring categories from three levels to five levels to capture additional movements in qualitative factors used to calculate the general allowance of each portfolio segment. No additional qualitative factors were added to the Company’s methodology as part of this change. There were no material changes to the existing allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment or in the aggregate as a result of the change.

 

  130  

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

Credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

 

    Commercial Real Estate     Construction and Land Dev.     Residential Rentals  
(dollars in thousands)   12/31/2018     12/31/2017     12/31/2018     12/31/2017     12/31/2018     12/31/2017  
                                     
Unrated   $ 112,280     $ 75,581     $ 2,172     $ 1,775     $ 37,478     $ 28,428  
Pass     741,037       619,604       26,805       25,367       85,551       80,279  
Special mention     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Substandard     24,699       32,129       728       729       1,269       1,521  
Doubtful     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 878,016     $ 727,314     $ 29,705     $ 27,871     $ 124,298     $ 110,228  

 

    Commercial Loans     Commercial Equipment     Total  Commercial Portfolios  
(dollars in thousands)   12/31/2018     12/31/2017     12/31/2018     12/31/2017     12/31/2018     12/31/2017  
                                     
Unrated   $ 19,157     $ 14,356     $ 15,373     $ 10,856     $ 186,460     $ 130,996  
Pass     49,828       39,118       33,685       23,581       936,906       787,949  
Special mention     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Substandard     2,695       2,943       1,144       1,479       30,535       38,801  
Doubtful     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 71,680     $ 56,417     $ 50,202     $ 35,916     $ 1,153,901     $ 957,746  

 

    Non-Commercial Portfolios **     Total  All Portfolios  
(dollars in thousands)   12/31/2018     12/31/2017     12/31/2018     12/31/2017  
                         
Unrated   $ 146,889     $ 152,616     $ 333,349     $ 283,612  
Pass     44,441       38,081       981,347       826,030  
Special mention     -       96       -       96  
Substandard     1,691       1,505       32,226       40,306  
Doubtful     -       -       -       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 193,021     $ 192,298     $ 1,346,922     $ 1,150,044  

 

** Non-commercial portfolios are generally evaluated based on payment activity, but may be risk graded if part of a larger commercial relationship or are credit impaired (e.g., non-accrual loans, TDRs).

 

  131  

 

 

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity (Non-Commercial Portfolios)

 

    Residential First Mortgages     Home Equity and Second Mtg.     Consumer Loans  
(dollars in thousands)   12/31/2018     12/31/2017     12/31/2018     12/31/2017     12/31/2018     12/31/2017  
                                     
Performing   $ 156,563     $ 169,896     $ 35,414     $ 21,217     $ 751     $ 573  
Nonperforming     146       478       147       134       -       -  
Total   $ 156,709     $ 170,374     $ 35,561     $ 21,351     $ 751     $ 573  

 

A risk grading scale is used to assign grades to commercial relationships, which include commercial real estate, residential rentals, construction and land development, commercial loans and commercial equipment loans. Loans are graded at inception, annually thereafter when financial statements are received and at other times when there is an indication that a credit may have weakened or improved. Only commercial loan relationships with an aggregate exposure to the Bank of $1,000,000 or greater are subject to being risk rated.

 

Home equity and second mortgages and consumer loans are evaluated for creditworthiness in underwriting and are monitored based on borrower payment history. Residential first mortgages are evaluated for creditworthiness during credit due diligence before being purchased. Residential first mortgages, home equity and second mortgages and consumer loans are classified as unrated unless they are part of a larger commercial relationship that requires grading or are TDRs or nonperforming loans with an Other Assets Especially Mentioned (“OAEM”) or higher risk rating due to a delinquent payment history.

 

Management regularly reviews credit quality indicators as part of its individual loan reviews and on a monthly and quarterly basis. The overall quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio is assessed using the Bank’s risk grading scale, the level and trends of net charge-offs, nonperforming loans and delinquencies, the performance of TDRs and the general economic conditions in the Company’s geographical market. This review process is assisted by frequent internal reporting of loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and nonperforming and potential problem loans. Credit quality indicators and allowance factors are adjusted based on management’s judgment during the monthly and quarterly review process. Loans subject to risk ratings are graded on a scale of one to ten. The Company considers loans rated substandard, doubtful and loss as classified assets for regulatory and financial reporting.

 

Ratings 1 thru 6 - Pass

 

Ratings 1 thru 6 have asset risks ranging from excellent low risk to adequate. The specific rating assigned considers customer history of earnings, cash flows, liquidity, leverage, capitalization, consistency of debt service coverage, the nature and extent of customer relationship and other relevant specific business factors such as the stability of the industry or market area, changes to management, litigation or unexpected events that could have an impact on risks.

 

Rating 7 - OAEM (Other Assets Especially Mentioned) – Special Mention

 

These credits, while protected by the financial strength of the borrowers, guarantors or collateral, have reduced quality due to economic conditions, less than adequate earnings performance or other factors which require the lending officer to direct more than normal attention to the credit. Financing alternatives may be limited and/or command higher risk interest rates. OAEM loans are the first adversely classified assets on our watch list. These relationships will be reviewed at least quarterly.

 

Rating 8 - Substandard

 

Substandard assets are assets that are inadequately protected by the sound worth or paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged. These assets have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, does not have to exist in individual assets classified substandard. The loans may have a delinquent history or combination of weak collateral, weak guarantor strength or operating losses. When a loan is assigned to this category the Bank may estimate a specific reserve in the loan loss allowance analysis. These assets listed may include assets with histories of repossessions or some that are non-performing bankruptcies. These relationships will be reviewed at least quarterly.

 

  132  

 

 

Rating 9 - Doubtful

 

Doubtful assets have many of the same characteristics of Substandard with the exception that the Bank has determined that loss is not only possible but is probable and the risk is close to certain that loss will occur. When a loan is assigned to this category the Bank will identify the probable loss and the loan will receive a specific reserve in the loan loss allowance analysis. These relationships will be reviewed at least quarterly.

 

Rating 10 – Loss

 

Once an asset is identified as a definite loss to the Bank, it will receive the classification of “loss.” There may be some future potential recovery; however, it is more practical to write off the loan at the time of classification. Losses will be taken in the period in which they are determined to be uncollectable.

 

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans and Acquired Loans

 

PCI loans had an unpaid principal balance of $3.9 million and a carrying value of $3.2 million at December 31, 2018. PCI loans represented 0.19% of total assets at December 31, 2018. Determining the fair value of the PCI loans at the time of acquisition required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those loans and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest taking into account prepayment assumptions. For such loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans and is called accretable yield. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit losses and is called the nonaccretable difference. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carryover of previously established allowance for loan losses from acquisition. In conjunction with the acquisition of County First, the PCI loan portfolio was accounted for at fair value as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)   January 1, 2018  
       
Contractual principal and interest at acquisition   $ 6,126  
Nonaccretable difference     (1,093 )
Expected cash flows at acquisition     5,033  
Accretable yield     (516 )
Basis in PCI loans at acquisition - estimated fair value   $ 4,517  

 

A summary of changes in the accretable yield for PCI loans for the year ended December 31, 2018 follows:

 

    Year Ended  
(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018  
Accretable yield, beginning of period   $ -  
Additions     516  
Accretion     (230 )
Reclassification from (to) nonaccretable difference     134
Other changes, net     313  
Accretable yield, end of period   $ 734  

 

Accounting standards require a periodic recast of the expected cash flows on the PCI loan portfolio. The recast was performed during the fourth quarter of 2018 which resulted in a reclassification of $134,000 from the credit (nonaccretable) portion of the discount to the liquidity (accretable) portion of the discount. Also, based on the recast, the change in future expected cash flows not related to the reclassification was $313,000.

 

  133  

 

 

The following is a summary of acquired and non-acquired loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

BY ACQUIRED AND NON-ACQUIRED   December 31, 2018     %     December 31, 2017     %  
                         
Acquired loans - performing   $ 103,667       7.70 %   $ -       0.00 %
Acquired loans - purchase credit impaired ("PCI")     3,220       0.24 %     -       0.00 %
Total acquired loans     106,887       7.94 %     -       0.00 %
Non-acquired loans**     1,240,035       92.06 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Gross loans     1,346,922       100.00 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Net deferred costs (fees)     1,183       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 1,348,105             $ 1,151,130          

 

** Non-acquired loans include loans transferred from acquired pools following release of acquisition accounting FMV adjustments.

 

At December 31, 2018 acquired performing loans, which totaled $103.7 million, included a $1.9 million net acquisition accounting fair market value adjustment, representing a 1.76% “discount” and PCI loans which totaled $3.2 million, included a $696,000 adjustment, representing a 17.77% “discount.”

 

Maturity of Loan Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2018 regarding the dollar amount of loans maturing in the Bank’s portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.

 

December 31, 2018   Due within one     Due after one year     Due more than  
(dollars in thousands)   year after     through five years from     five years from  
Description of Asset   December 31, 2018     December 31, 2018     December 31, 2018  
Real Estate Loans                        
Commercial   $ 90,152     $ 184,151     $ 603,713  
Residential first mortgage     7,895       31,176       117,638  
Residential rentals     7,723       30,936       85,639  
Construction and land development     18,905       10,800       -  
Home equity and second mortgage     220       548       34,793  
Commercial loans     71,680       -       -  
Consumer loans     297       387       67  
Commercial equipment     13,618       25,100       11,484  
Total loans   $ 210,490     $ 283,098     $ 853,334  

 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after one year from December 31, 2018, which have predetermined interest rates and have floating or adjustable interest rates.

 

December 31, 2018                  
(dollars in thousands)         Floating or        
Description of Asset   Fixed Rates     Adjustable Rates     Total  
Real Estate Loans                        
Commercial   $ 203,383     $ 584,481     $ 787,864  
Residential first mortgage     96,009       52,805       148,814  
Residential rentals     25,367       91,208       116,575  
Construction and land development     9,200       1,600       10,800  
Home equity and second mortgage     691       34,650       35,341  
Commercial loans     -       -       -  
Consumer loans     454       -       454  
Commercial equipment     33,413       3,171       36,584  
    $ 368,517     $ 767,915     $ 1,136,432  

 

  134  

 

 

Related Party Loans

 

Included in loans receivable were loans made to executive officers and directors of the Company. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business at substantially the same terms and conditions as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not affiliated with the Bank and are not considered to involve more than the normal risk of collectability. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, all loans to directors and executive officers of the Bank performed according to original loan terms. Activity in loans outstanding to executive officers and directors are summarized as follows:

 

    At and For the Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
                   
Balance, beginning of period   $ 26,476     $ 26,464     $ 28,105  
Loans and additions     46       3,699       2,547  
Change in Directors' status     575       -       2,299  
Repayments     (2,245 )     (3,687 )     (6,487 )
Balance, end of period   $ 24,852     $ 26,476     $ 26,464  

 

NOTE 8 - LOAN SERVICING

 

Loans serviced for others are not reflected in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgages serviced for others were $38.1 million and $43.7 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors and foreclosure processing. Loan servicing income is recorded on an accrual basis and includes servicing fees from investors and certain charges collected from borrowers, such as late payment fees. The following table presents the activity of the mortgage servicing rights.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
Balance, beginning of the year   $ 54     $ 128     $ 219  
Additions     -       -       -  
Amortization     (36 )     (74 )     (91 )
Balance, end of the year   $ 18     $ 54     $ 128  

 

  135  

 

 

NOTE 9 - OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”)

 

OREO assets are presented net of the allowance for losses. The Company considers OREO as classified assets for regulatory and financial reporting. OREO carrying amounts reflect management’s estimate of the realizable value of these properties incorporating current appraised values, local real estate market conditions and related costs. An analysis of the activity follows.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
Balance at beginning of year   $ 9,341     $ 7,763  
Additions of underlying property     307       3,634  
Disposals of underlying property     (1,005 )     (1,456 )
Transfers to premises and equipment     -       -  
Valuation allowance     (532 )     (600 )
Balance at end of period   $ 8,111     $ 9,341  

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, additions of $307,000 consisted of $165,000 of capitalized costs to improve a development project and $142,000 for commercial real estate. The Company disposed of commercial real estate for proceeds of $807,000 and gains of $4,000 along with residential lots for proceeds of $190,000 and a loss of $12,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, additions of $3.6 million consisted of $3.0 million related to the foreclosure of a stalled residential development project. The Bank is working with a construction manager to stabilize and market the project. Further, additions included $103,000 for residential lots and $495,000 for a commercial office building. The Company recognized net gains on OREO disposals of $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Disposals consisted of five residential and multiple residential lots totaling $1.5 million. The Bank provided $200,000 in financing for one residential property and the three residential lots during the first quarter of 2017. The transaction qualified for full accrual sales treatment under ASC Topic 360-20-40 “Property Plant and Equipment – Derecognition”.

 

The Company had $122,000 of impaired loans secured by residential real estate for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process as of December 31, 2017. There were no loans secured by residential real estate for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process as of December 31, 2018.

 

Additions to the valuation allowances of $532,000, $600,000 and $574,000 were taken to adjust properties to current appraised values for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. OREO carrying amounts reflect management’s estimate of the realizable value of these properties incorporating current appraised values, local real estate market conditions and related costs. Expenses applicable to OREO assets included the following.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
Valuation allowance   $ 532     $ 600     $ 574  
Losses (gains) on dispositions     8       (43 )     436  
Operating expenses     117       146       287  
    $ 657     $ 703     $ 1,297  

 

  136  

 

 

NOTE 10 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation of premises and equipment at December 31, 2018 and 2017 follows:

 

    December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
             
Land   $ 4,358     $ 4,172  
Building and improvements     25,198       23,038  
Furniture and equipment     9,715       9,225  
Automobiles     303       303  
Total cost     39,574       36,738  
Less accumulated depreciation     16,652       15,347  
Premises and equipment, net   $ 22,922     $ 21,391  

 

Certain Bank facilities are leased under various operating leases. Rent expense was $974,000, $761,000 and $723,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows at December 31, 2018:

 

(dollar in thousands)        
2019     $ 663  
2020       715  
2021       735  
2022       668  
2023       681  
Thereafter       4,488  
           
Total     $ 7,950  

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a small office condo under contract held for sale with a fair value of $345,000 that was recorded as a non-recurring Level 2 asset at December 31, 2016. The contract on the property was cancelled during 2017, and the asset was transferred and recorded as a non-recurring Level 3 asset. During 2017, the property was sold for net proceeds of $392,000 with a gain on the sale of $47,000.

 

  137  

 

 

NOTE 11 - DEPOSITS

 

Deposits consist of the following:

 

    December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 209,378     $ 159,844  
Interest-bearing:                
Demand     437,169       215,447  
Money market deposits     266,160       226,351  
Savings     69,893       52,990  
Certificates of deposit     447,029       451,605  
Total interest-bearing     1,220,251       946,393  
                 
Total Deposits   $ 1,429,629     $ 1,106,237  

 

As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, there were $7.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively in deposit accounts held by executive officers and directors of the Bank and Company.

 

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit in denominations of $250,000 or more at December 31, 2018, and 2017 was $117.2 million and $167.5 million, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2018 the scheduled contractual maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

       
(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018  
Within one year   $ 278,751  
Year 2     130,161  
Year 3     14,109  
Year 4     16,768  
Year 5     7,240  
    $ 447,029  

 

The FDIC’s examination policies require that the Company monitor all customer deposit concentrations at or above 2% of total deposits. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $158.8 million which represented 11.1% of total deposits of $1,429.6 million. At December 31, 2017, there were no customer deposit concentrations that exceeded 2% of total deposits. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had one customer deposit relationship that exceeded 2% of total deposits, totaling $22.6 million which represented 2.0% of total deposits of $1,106.2 million.

 

  138  

 

 

NOTE 12 - SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT

 

The Bank’s long-term debt and short-term borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB of Atlanta. The Bank classifies debt based upon original maturity and does not reclassify debt to short-term status during its life. Long-term debt and short-term borrowings include fixed-rate long-term advances, short-term advances, daily advances, fixed-rate convertible advances, and variable-rate convertible advances.

 

Rates and maturities on long-term advances and short-term borrowings were as follows:

 

    Fixed-     Fixed-Rate     Variable  
    Rate     Convertible     Convertible  
December 31, 2018                        
Highest rate     2.92 %     n/a       n/a  
Lowest rate     1.00 %     n/a       n/a  
Weighted average rate     2.63 %     n/a       n/a  
Matures through     2036       n/a       n/a  
                         
December 31, 2017                        
Highest rate     2.83 %     3.47 %     4.00 %
Lowest rate     0.95 %     3.47 %     4.00 %
Weighted average rate     1.42 %     3.47 %     4.00 %
Matures through     2036       2018       2020  
                         

 

Average rates of long-term debt and short-term borrowings were as follows:

 

    At or for the Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
                   
Long-term debt                        
Long-term debt outstanding at end of period   $ 20,436     $ 55,498     $ 65,559  
Weighted average rate on outstanding long-term debt     2.84 %     2.38 %     2.27 %
Maximum outstanding long-term debt of any month end     55,493       65,554       65,593  
Average outstanding long-term debt     35,684       58,704       60,503  
Approximate average rate paid on long-term debt     2.39 %     2.24 %     2.41 %
                         
Short-term borrowings                        
Short-term borrowings outstanding at end of period   $ 35,000     $ 87,500     $ 79,000  
Weighted average rate on short-term borrowings     2.51 %     1.34 %     0.71 %
Maximum outstanding short-term borrowings at any month end     74,000       109,000       79,000  
Average outstanding short-term borrowings     42,286       91,797       39,802  
Approximate average rate paid on short-term borrowings     1.81 %     1.15 %     0.49 %

 

The Bank’s fixed-rate debt generally consists of advances with monthly interest payments and principal due at maturity.

 

The Bank’s fixed-rate convertible long-term debt is callable by the issuer, after an initial period ranging from six months to five years. The instruments are callable at the end of the initial period. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, all fixed-rate convertible debt has passed its call date. All advances have a prepayment penalty, determined based upon prevailing interest rates.

 

Variable convertible advances have an initial variable rate based on a discount to LIBOR. As of December 31, 2018, there were no remaining fixed or variable convertible advances.

 

  139  

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Bank paid off $55.1 million of maturing long-term debt and added two $10.0 million fixed-rate advances maturing in 2020 at 2.81% and 2021 at 2.92%, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Bank paid off $20.1 million of maturing long-term debt and added one $10.0 million fixed-rate advances maturing in 2018 at 1.38.%.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, $20.4 million or 100% and $55.5 million or 100%, respectively, of the Bank’s long-term debt was fixed for rate and term, as the conversion optionality of the advances have either been exercised or expired. The contractual maturities of long-term debt were as follows at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

    December 31, 2018  
    Fixed-     Fixed-Rate     Variable        
(dollars in thousands)   Rate     Convertible     Convertible     Total  
                         
Due in 2019   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Due in 2020     10,000       -       -       10,000  
Due in 2021     10,000       -       -       10,000  
Due in 2022     246       -       -       246  
Due in 2023     -       -       -       -  
Thereafter     190       -       -       190  
    $ 20,436     $ -     $ -     $ 20,436  

 

    December 31, 2017  
    Fixed-     Fixed-Rate     Variable        
(dollars in thousands)   Rate     Convertible     Convertible     Total  
                         
Due in 2018   $ 25,000     $ 10,000     $ -     $ 35,000  
Due in 2019     -       -       -       -  
Due in 2020     -       -       10,000       10,000  
Due in 2021     -       -       -       -  
Due in 2022     10,302       -       -       10,302  
Thereafter     196       -       -       196  
    $ 35,498     $ 10,000     $ 10,000     $ 55,498  

 

The Bank also has daily advances outstanding and short-term advances with terms of less than one year, which are classified as short-term borrowings. Daily advances are repayable at the Bank’s option at any time and are re-priced daily. There were no daily advances as of December 31, 2018 and $6.0 million in daily advances as of December 31, 2017. The Bank had short-term advances of $35.0 million and $81.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Under the terms of an Agreement for Advances and Security Agreement with Blanket Floating Lien (the “Agreement”), the Bank maintains collateral with the FHLB consisting of one-to four-family residential first mortgage loans, second mortgage loans, commercial real estate and securities. The Agreement limits total advances to 30% of assets, which were $506.2 million and $420.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2018, $589.2 million of loans and securities were pledged or in safekeeping at the FHLB. Loans and securities are subject to collateral eligibility rules and are adjusted for market value and collateral value factors to arrive at lendable collateral values. At December 31, 2018, FHLB lendable collateral was valued at $466.0 million. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had total lendable pledged collateral at the FHLB of $298.6 million of which $213.1 million was available to borrow in addition to outstanding advances of $55.4 million and letter of credit of $30.0 million. Unpledged lendable collateral was $167.4 million, bringing total available borrowing capacity to $380.5 million at December 31, 2018.

 

At December 31, 2017, $584.6 million of loans and securities were pledged or in safekeeping at the FHLB. Loans and securities are subject to collateral eligibility rules and are adjusted for market value and collateral value factors to arrive at lendable collateral values. At December 31, 2017, FHLB lendable collateral was valued at $452.6 million. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had total lendable pledged collateral at the FHLB of $330.1 million of which $187.1 million was available to borrow in addition to outstanding advances of $143.0 million. Unpledged lendable collateral was $122.5 million, bringing total available borrowing capacity to $309.6 million at December 31, 2017.

 

  140  

 

 

The Bank has established a short-term credit facility with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond under its Borrower in Custody program. The Bank had segregated collateral sufficient to draw $5.7 million and $7.5 million under this agreement at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, the Bank has established unsecured short-term credit facilities with other commercial banks totaling $22.0 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Additionally, the Bank has a $40.0 million repurchase credit facility. The repurchase facility requires the pledging of securities as collateral. No amounts were outstanding under the Borrower in Custody or the unsecured and secured commercial lines at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES

 

Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
Current                  
Federal   $ 2,810     $ 5,584     $ 3,675  
State     1,653       1,686       1,296  
      4,463       7,270       4,971  
                         
Deferred                        
Federal     (202 )     1,894       (460 )
State     (88 )     (7 )     (95 )
      (290 )     1,887       (555 )
                         
Income tax expense   $ 4,173     $ 9,157     $ 4,416  

 

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    Amount     Percent of
Pre-Tax
Income
    Amount     Percent of
Pre-Tax
Income
    Amount     Percent of
Pre-Tax
Income
 
Expected income tax expense at federal tax rate   $ 3,234       21.00 %   $ 5,728       35.00 %   $ 3,994       34.00 %
State taxes net of federal benefit     1,281       8.32 %     1,096       6.70 %     796       6.78 %
Nondeductible expenses     85       0.55 %     255       1.56 %     37       0.31 %
Nontaxable income     (248 )     (1.61 %)     (376 )     (2.30 %)     (375 )     (3.19 %)
Provisional deferred tax adjustment related to reduction in U.S. federal statutory income tax rate     -       0.00 %     2,740       16.74 %     -       0.00 %
Other     (179 )     (1.16 %)     (286 )     (1.75 %)     (36 )     (0.31 %)
    $ 4,173       27.10 %   $ 9,157       55.95 %   $ 4,416       37.59 %

 

Income tax expense for 2017 was impacted by the adjustment of our deferred tax assets and liabilities related to the reduction in the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to 21% under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. As a result of the new law, we recognized a provisional net tax expense of $2.7 million.

 

  141  

 

 

 

The net deferred tax assets in the accompanying balance sheets include the following components:

 

    2018     2017  
Deferred tax assets                
Allowance for loan losses   $ 3,020     $ 2,893  
Deferred compensation     2,676       2,142  
OREO valuation allowance & expenses     355       337  
Unrealized loss on investment securities     724       452  
Depreciation     -       29  
Other     144       178  
      6,919       6,031  
Deferred tax liabilities                
Fair value adjustments for acquired assets and liabilities     65       -  
FHLB stock dividends     109       109  
Depreciation     52       -  
      226       109  
                 
    $ 6,693     $ 5,922  

 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted on December 22, 2017. Among other things, the new law (i) establishes a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%, (ii) eliminates the corporate alternative minimum tax and allows the use of any such carryforwards to offset regular tax liability for any taxable year, (iii) limits the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations, (iv) allows businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets, (v) eliminates or reduces certain deductions related to meals and entertainment expenses, (vi) modifies the limitation on excessive employee remuneration to eliminate the exception for performance-based compensation and clarifies the definition of a covered employee and (vii) limits the deductibility of deposit insurance premiums. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act also significantly changes U.S. tax law related to foreign operations, however, such changes do not currently impact the Company.

 

As stated above, as a result of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on December 22, 2017, we calculated deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon the newly enacted U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, which is the tax rate at which these assets and liabilities are expected to reverse in the future. We analyzed certain aspects of the new law and refined our calculations based on this analysis and tax positions taken, which could affect the measurement of these assets and liabilities or give rise to new deferred tax amounts. We recognized a provisional net tax expense related to the calculation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities totaling $2.7 million.

 

The FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income,” which allows companies to reclassify stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act from AOCI to retained earnings. The Company early adopted this standard for the quarter ended December 31, 2017. See Notes 1 and 2 for further information.

 

On Friday, December 22, 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118). SAB 118 indicated that a reporting entity must record a reasonable estimate in the first period in which it is possible to determine a reasonable estimate. Under SAB 118, reasonable estimates are considered “provisional amounts” that have to be updated when additional information becomes available and the evaluation and computation of the additional information is complete. A reporting entity must act in good faith and update provisional amounts as soon as more information becomes available, evaluated and prepared, during a measurement period that cannot exceed one year from the enactment date. Initial reasonable estimates and subsequent changes to provisional amounts should be reported in income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations in the period in which they are determined.

 

Retained earnings at December 31, 2018 and 2017 included approximately $1.2 million of bad debt deductions allowed for federal income tax purposes (the “base year tax reserve”) for which no deferred income tax has been recognized. If, in the future, this portion of retained earnings is used for any purpose other than to absorb bad debt losses, it would create income for tax purposes only and income taxes would be imposed at the then prevailing rates. The unrecorded income tax liability on the above amount was approximately $330,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

  143  

 

 

The Company does not have uncertain tax positions that are deemed material and did not recognize any adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of tax expense. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2015.

 

NOTE 14 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit. These instruments may, but do not necessarily, involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheets. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet loans receivable.

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank had outstanding loan commitments of approximately $56.8 million and $65.6 million, respectively.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are issued primarily to support construction borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds cash or a secured interest in real estate as collateral to support those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. Standby letters of credit outstanding amounted to $21.2 million and $17.9 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition to the commitments noted above, customers had approximately $211.5 million and $162.2 million available under lines of credit at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

  144  

 

 

NOTE 15 - STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company has stock-based incentive arrangements to attract and retain key personnel. In May 2015, the 2015 Equity Compensation Plan (the “2015 plan”) was approved by shareholders, which authorizes the issuance of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock units and stock options to the Board of Directors and key employees. Compensation expense for service-based awards is recognized over the vesting period. Performance-based awards are recognized based on a vesting schedule and the probability of achieving goals specified at the time of the grant. The 2015 plan replaced the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan.

 

Stock-based compensation expense totaled $474,000, $515,000 and $489,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which consisted of grants of restricted stock and restricted stock units.

 

The Company has not granted any stock options since 2007 and all outstanding options expired on July 17, 2017. The fair value of the Company’s outstanding employee stock options were estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company estimated expected market price volatility and expected term of the options based on historical data and other factors. The exercise price for options granted is set at the discretion of the committee administering the Plan, but is not less than the market value of the shares as of the date of grant. An option’s maximum term is 10 years and the options vest at the discretion of the committee.

 

The following tables below summarize option activity and outstanding and exercisable options at and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

          Weighted           Weighted-Average  
          Average     Aggregate     Contractual Life  
          Exercise     Intrinsic     Remaining In  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   Shares     Price     Value     Years  
                         
Outstanding at January 1, 2017     15,081     $ 27.70     $ -          
Exercised     (14,231 )     27.70       134          
Expired     (350 )     27.70       -          
Forfeited     (500 )     27.70       -          
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2017     -     $ -     $ -       -  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2017     -     $ -     $ -       -  

 

The Company has outstanding restricted stock in accordance with the Plan. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, unrecognized stock compensation expense was $430,000 and $521,000, respectively. The following tables summarize the unvested restricted stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017respectively.

 

    Restricted Stock  
    Number of Shares    

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 
             
Nonvested at January 1, 2018     32,809     $ 22.61  
Granted     10,662       36.43  
Vested     (17,607 )     21.85  
Cancelled     (391 )     27.69  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2018     25,473     $ 28.76  

 

  145  

 

 

    Restricted Stock  
    Number of Shares    

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 
             
Nonvested at January 1, 2017     47,881     $ 20.41  
Granted     6,752       30.20  
Vested     (21,738 )     20.13  
Cancelled     (86 )     20.75  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2017     32,809     $ 22.61  

 

NOTE 16 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Company has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) that covers substantially all its employees. Employees qualify to participate after one year of service and vest in allocated shares after three years of service. The ESOP acquires stock of The Community Financial Corporation by purchasing shares. Dividends on ESOP shares are recorded as a reduction of retained earnings. Contributions are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. ESOP contributions recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 totaled $124,000, $242,000 and $99,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the ESOP held 161,173 and 223,344 allocated shares and 21,091 and 22,908 unallocated shares. The approximate market values of the shares were $5.3 million and $9.4 million, respectively as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The estimated value was determined using the Company’s closing stock price of $29.24 and $38.30 per share as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, salary and employee benefit expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 included $33,000 and $110,000 for the excess of fair market value of leveraged ESOP shares released (allocated).

 

The ESOP has promissory notes with the Company for the purchase of TCFC common stock for the benefit of the participants in the Plan of $718,000 and $755,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The promissory notes were originated for the purchase of TCFC common stock for the benefit of the participants in the Plan. Loan terms are at prime rate plus one-percentage point and amortize over seven (7) years. As principal is repaid, common shares are allocated to participants based on the participant account allocation rules described in the Plan. The Bank is a guarantor of the ESOP debt with the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2018, $174,000 or 6,061 ESOP shares were allocated with the payment of promissory notes. This was offset by the purchase of 4,244 shares of the Company’s common shares for $137,000 with promissory notes by the ESOP during the third and fourth quarters of 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2017, $237,000 or 10,157 ESOP shares were allocated with the payment of promissory notes. This was offset by the purchase of 23,503 shares of the Company’s common shares for $823,000 with promissory notes by the ESOP during the third quarter of 2017.

 

The Company also has a 401(k) plan. The Company matches a portion of the employee contributions. This ratio is determined annually by the Board of Directors. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company matched one-half of the first 8% of the employee’s contribution. Employees who have completed six months of service are covered under this defined contribution plan. Employee’s vest in the Company’s matching contributions after three years of service. Contributions are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the expense recorded for this plan totaled $405,000, $298,000 and $346,000, respectively.

 

The Company maintains a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the Board of Directors and certain key employees under which each participant may elect to defer all or any portion of board fees or salary otherwise payable. Deferred amounts under this plan will be distributed to participants following termination of service or on a specified date in either lump sum or over a period of one to ten years, as elected by the participant. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the liability related to this plan was $2.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

 

The Company has a separate nonqualified retirement plan for non-employee directors. Directors are eligible for a maximum benefit of $3,500 a year for ten years following retirement from the Board of Community Bank of the Chesapeake. The maximum benefit is earned at 15 years of service as a non-employee director. Full vesting occurs after two years of service. Expense recorded for this plan was $35,000, $29,000 and $20,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

  146  

 

 

In addition, the Company has established individual supplemental retirement plans and life insurance benefits for certain key executives and officers of the Bank. The retirement plans provide retirement income payments for 15 years from the date of the employee’s expected retirement at age 65. The retirement benefit amount for each agreement is set at the discretion of the Board of Directors and vests from the date of the agreement until the expected retirement date. Expense recorded for the plans totaled $1,109,000, $637,000 and $525,000 for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

NOTE 17 - GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES (“TRUPs”)

 

On June 15, 2005, Tri-County Capital Trust II (“Capital Trust II”), a Delaware business trust formed, funded and wholly owned by the Company, issued $5.0 million of variable-rate capital securities in a private pooled transaction. The variable rate is based on the 90-day LIBOR rate plus 1.70%. The Trust used the proceeds from this issuance, along with the $155,000 for Capital Trust II’s common securities, to purchase $5.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The interest rate on the debentures and the trust preferred securities is variable and adjusts quarterly. These capital securities qualify as Tier I capital and are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in Junior Subordinated Debentures.” Both the capital securities of Capital Trust II and the junior subordinated debentures are scheduled to mature on June 15, 2035, unless called by the Company.

 

On July 22, 2004, Tri-County Capital Trust I (“Capital Trust I”), a Delaware business trust formed, funded and wholly owned by the Company, issued $7.0 million of variable-rate capital securities in a private pooled transaction. The variable rate is based on the 90-day LIBOR rate plus 2.60%. The Trust used the proceeds from this issuance, along with the Company’s $217,000 capital contribution for Capital Trust I’s common securities, to purchase $7.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The interest rate on the debentures and the trust preferred securities is variable and adjusts quarterly. These debentures qualify as Tier I capital and are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in Junior Subordinated Debentures.” Both the capital securities of Capital Trust I and the junior subordinated debentures are scheduled to mature on July 22, 2034, unless called by the Company.

 

NOTE 18 – SUBORDINATED NOTES

 

On February 6, 2015 the Company issued $23.0 million of unsecured 6.25% fixed to floating rate subordinated notes due February 15, 2025 (“subordinated notes”). On February 13, 2015, the Company used proceeds of the offering to redeem all $20 million of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock issued under the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program. The subordinated notes qualify as Tier 2 regulatory capital and replaced SBLF Tier 1 capital. The subordinated notes are not listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated dealer quotation system and there is no market for the notes. The notes are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, whether secured or unsecured. The notes are not guaranteed obligations of any of the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

Interest will accrue at a fixed per annum rate of 6.25% from and including the issue date to but excluding February 15, 2020. From and including February 15, 2020 to but excluding the maturity date interest will accrue at a floating rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 479 basis points. Interest is payable on the notes on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2015, through February 15, 2020, and thereafter February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year through the maturity date or earlier redemption date.

 

The subordinated notes may be redeemed in whole or in part on February 15, 2020 or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter and upon the occurrence of certain special events. The redemption price is equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Any partial redemption will be made pro rata among all holders of the subordinated notes. The subordinated notes are not subject to repayment at the option of the holders. The subordinated notes may be redeemed at any time, if (1) a change or prospective change in law occurs that could prevent the Company from deducting interest payable on the notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (2) a subsequent event occurs that precludes the notes from being recognized as Tier 2 Capital for regulatory capital purposes, or (3) the Company is required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

  147  

 

 

NOTE 19 - REGULATORY CAPITAL

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Bank was a member of the Federal Reserve System and its primary federal regulator was the Federal Reserve Board. On April 18, 2016, Community Bank of the Chesapeake, cancelled its stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. This terminated its status as a member of the Federal Reserve System. As of that date, the Bank’s primary regulator became the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation (the “Commissioner”) and the FDIC.

 

The Company continues to be subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

On January 1, 2015, the Company and Bank became subject to the new Basel III Capital Rules with full compliance with all of the final rule's requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule, to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. In July 2013, the final rules were published (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework known as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions compared to the previous U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Basel III Capital Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach. The Basel III Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules.

 

The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio (“Min. Ratio”) of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer (“CCB”) is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer began its phase-in period beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules. The final rules also revise the definition and calculation of Tier 1 capital, Total Capital, and risk-weighted assets.

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company and Bank were well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action under the new Basel III Capital Rules. Management believes, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

 

  148  

 

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table.

 

Regulatory Capital and Ratios         The Company     The Bank  
(dollars in thousands)         December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
                               
Common Equity           $ 154,482     $ 109,957     $ 185,073     $ 139,046  
Goodwill             (10,835 )     -       (10,835 )     -  
Core Deposit intangible (net of deferred tax liability)             (2,034 )     -       (2,034 )     -  
AOCI Losses             1,847       1,191       1,847       1,191  
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital             143,460       111,148       174,051       140,237  
TRUPs             12,000       12,000       -       -  
Tier 1 Capital             155,460       123,148       174,051       140,237  
Allowable Reserve for Credit Losses and Other Tier 2 Adjustments             11,027       10,545       11,027       10,545  
Subordinated Notes             23,000       23,000       -       -  
Tier 2 Capital           $ 189,487     $ 156,693     $ 185,078     $ 150,782  
                                         
Risk-Weighted Assets ("RWA")           $ 1,384,807     $ 1,169,341     $ 1,383,048     $ 1,164,478  
                                         
Average Assets ("AA")           $ 1,635,594     $ 1,401,741     $ 1,632,846     $ 1,398,001  
2019 Regulatory Min. Ratio + CCB (1)                                        
Common Tier 1 Capital to RWA     7.00 %     10.36 %     9.51 %     12.58 %     12.04 %
Tier 1 Capital to RWA     8.50       11.23       10.53       12.58       12.04  
Tier 2 Capital to RWA     10.50       13.68       13.40       13.38       12.95  
Tier 1 Capital to AA (Leverage) (2)     n/a       9.50       8.79       10.66       10.03  

 

(1) These are the fully phased-in ratios as of January 1, 2019 that include the minimum capital ratio ("Min. Ratio") + the capital conservation buffer ("CCB"). The phase-in period is more fully described in the footnote above.

 

(2) Tier 1 Capital to AA (Leverage) has no capital conservation buffer defined. PCA well capitalized is defined as 5.00%.

 

  149  

 

 

NOTE 20 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The Company adopted FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements” and FASB ASC Topic 825, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” , which provides a framework for measuring and disclosing fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. FASB ASC Topic 820 requires disclosures about the fair value of assets and liabilities recognized in the balance sheet in periods subsequent to initial recognition, whether the measurements are made on a recurring basis (for example, available for sale investment securities) or on a nonrecurring basis (for example, impaired loans).

 

FASB ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

 

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis such as loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

 

Under FASB ASC Topic 820, the Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine the fair value. These hierarchy levels are:

 

Level 1 inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 inputs - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

 

Level 3 inputs - Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which generally coincides with the Company’s quarterly valuation process. Transfers in and out of level 3 during a quarter are disclosed. There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 or 3 during the year ended December 31, 2018. There was one transfer from Level 2 to Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy during the first quarter of 2017 for premises and equipment held for sale. There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 or 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the remaining nine months of 2017.

 

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value:

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Standard inputs include quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities (“GSEs”), municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets.

 

  150  

 

 

Loans Receivable

 

The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis, however, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan loss is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan are considered impaired. Management estimates the fair value of impaired loans using one of several methods, including the collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Impaired loans not requiring a specific allowance represent loans for which the fair value of expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investment in such loans. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, substantially all impaired loans were evaluated based upon the fair value of the collateral.

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 820, impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral (loans with impairment) require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price (e.g., contracted sales price), the Company records the loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When the fair value of the impaired loan is derived from an appraisal, the Company records the loan as nonrecurring Level 3. Fair value is re-assessed at least quarterly or more frequently when circumstances occur that indicate a change in the fair value. The fair values of impaired loans that are not measured based on collateral values are measured using discounted cash flows and considered to be Level 3 inputs.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

 

OREO is adjusted for fair value upon transfer of the loans to foreclosed assets. Subsequently, OREO is carried at the lower of carrying value and fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised value of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price (e.g., contracted sales price), the Company records the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 2. When the fair value is derived from an appraisal, the Company records the foreclosed asset at nonrecurring Level 3.

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The tables below present the recorded amount of assets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Available for sale securities                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
CMOs   $ 100,740     $ -     $ 100,740     $ -  
MBS     7,361       -       7,361       -  
U.S. Agency     11,875       -       11,875       -  
Total available for sale securities   $ 119,976     $ -     $ 119,976     $ -  
                                 
Equity securities carried at fair value through income                                
CRA investment fund   $ 4,428     $ -     $ 4,428     $ -  

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2017  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
                         
Available for sale securities                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
CMOs   $ 44,137     $ -     $ 44,137     $ -  
MBS     7,087       -       7,087       -  
U.S. Agency     12,517       -       12,517       -  
Bond mutual funds     4,423       -       4,423       -  
Total available for sale securities   $ 68,164     $ -     $ 68,164     $ -  

 

  151  

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

The Company may be required from time to time to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are included in the tables below.

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2018  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Loans with impairment                                
Commercial real estate   $ 2,699     $ -     $ -     $ 2,699  
Commercial loans     163       -       -       163  
Commercial equipment     25       -       -       25  
Total loans with impairment   $ 2,887     $ -     $ -     $ 2,887  
Other real estate owned   $ 8,111     $ -     $ -     $ 8,111  

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2017  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Loans with impairment                                
Commercial real estate   $ 1,638     $ -     $ -     $ 1,638  
Residential first mortgages     457       -       -       457  
Residential rentals     377       -       -       377  
Construction and land development     566       -       -       566  
Commercial equipment     164       -       -       164  
Total loans with impairment   $ 3,202     $ -     $ -     $ 3,202  
Other real estate owned   $ 9,341     $ -     $ -     $ 9,341  

 

Loans with impairment have unpaid principal balances of $4.1 million and $4.2 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and include impaired loans with a specific allowance.

 

  152  

 

 

The following tables provide information describing the unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements.

 

December 31, 2018            
(dollars in thousands)                  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Valuation Technique   Unobservable Inputs   Range (Weighted Average)
                   
Loans with impairment   $ 2,887     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (29%)
                     
Other real estate owned   $ 8,111     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (14%)

 

December 31, 2017            
(dollars in thousands)                  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Valuation Technique   Unobservable Inputs   Range (Weighted Average)
                   
Loans with impairment   $ 3,202     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (24%)
                     
Other real estate owned   $ 9,341     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (12%)

 

  153  

 

 

NOTE 21 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. Therefore, any aggregate unrealized gains or losses should not be interpreted as a forecast of future earnings or cash flows. Furthermore, the fair values disclosed should not be interpreted as the aggregate current value of the Company.

 

Valuation Methodology

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company implemented “ ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities .” ASU 2016-01 requires public business entities to use the exit prices when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The other requirements of ASU 2016-01 are described in Note 1. Fair values at December 31, 2018 were measured using an “exit price” notion.

 

Prior to adopting the amendments included in the standard, the Company measured fair value under an entry price notion. The entry price notion previously applied by the Company used a discounted cash flows technique for loans, time deposits and debt, to calculate the present value of expected future cash flows for financial instruments. See the Company’s methodologies disclosed in Note 20 of the Company’s 2017 Form 10-K for the fair value methodologies used as of December 31, 2017.

 

The exit price notion uses a similar approach as the Company’s previous methodology for valuations that used discounted cash flows, but also incorporates other factors, such as enhanced credit risk, illiquidity risk and market factors that sometimes exist in exit prices in dislocated markets. The implementation of ASU 2016-01 was most impactful to the Company’s loan portfolio because the Company’s other financial instruments have one or several other compensating factors (e.g., quoted market prices, lower credit risk, limited liquidity risk, short durations, etc.).

 

As of December 31, 2018, the technique used by the Company to estimate the exit price of the loan portfolio consisted of similar procedures to those used as of December 31, 2017, but with added emphasis on both illiquidity risk and credit risk not captured by the previously applied entry price notion. This credit risk assumption is intended to approximate the fair value that a market participant would realize in a hypothetical orderly transaction. The Company’s loan portfolio is initially fair valued using a segmented approach, using the eight categories as disclosed in Note 7. Loans are considered a Level 3 classification.

 

Investment securities - Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

 

FHLB stock – Fair values are at cost, which is the carrying value of the securities.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable – Carrying amount is the estimated fair value.

 

Investment in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) – Fair values are at cash surrender value.

 

Loans receivable – The fair values for non-impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, applying interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms and credit quality. Internal prepayment risk models are used to adjust contractual cash flows.

 

Management estimates the fair value of impaired loans using one of several methods, including the collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. After evaluating the underlying collateral, the fair value is determined by allocating specific reserves from the allowance for loan losses to the impaired loans.

 

Deposits - The fair value of checking accounts, saving accounts and money market accounts were the amount payable on demand at the reporting date.

 

  154  

 

 

Time certificates - The fair value was determined using the discounted cash flow method. The discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar products.

 

Long-term debt and short-term borrowings - These were valued using the discounted cash flow method. The discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar borrowings.

 

Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated securities (TRUPs) - These were valued using discounted cash flows. The discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar borrowings.

 

Subordinated notes - These were valued using discounted cash flows. The discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar borrowings.

 

Off-balance sheet instruments - The Company charges fees for commitments to extend credit. Interest rates on loans for which these commitments are extended are normally committed for periods of less than one month. Fees charged on standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees are deemed to be immaterial and these guarantees are expected to be settled at face amount or expire unused. It is impractical to assign any fair value to these commitments.

 

The Company’s estimated fair values of financial instruments are presented in the following tables.

 

December 31, 2018   Carrying           Fair Value Measurements  
Description of Asset (dollars in thousands)   Amount     Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets                                        
Investment securities - AFS   $ 119,976     $ 119,976     $ -     $ 119,976     $ -  
Investment securities - HTM     96,271       93,745       999       92,746       -  
Equity securities carried at fair value through income     4,428       4,428               4,428       -  
Non-marketable equity securities in other financial institutions     209       209       -       209       -  
FHLB Stock     3,821       3,821       -       3,821       -  
Loans Receivable     1,337,129       1,298,465       -       -       1,298,465  
Accrued Interest Receivable     4,957       4,957       -       4,957          
Investment in BOLI     36,295       36,295       -       36,295       -  
Liabilities                                        
Savings, NOW and money market accounts   $ 982,600     $ 982,600     $ -     $ 982,600     $ -  
Time deposits     447,029       446,683       -       446,683       -  
Long-term debt     20,436       20,568       -       20,568       -  
Short term borrowings     35,000       35,016       -       35,016       -  
TRUPs     12,000       10,924       -       10,924       -  
Subordinated notes     23,000       23,085       -       23,085       -  

 

  155  

 

 

December 31, 2017   Carrying           Fair Value Measurements  
Description of Asset (dollars in thousands)   Amount     Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets                                        
Investment securities - AFS   $ 68,164     $ 68,164     $ -     $ 68,164     $ -  
Investment securities – HTM     99,246       98,007       1,000       97,007       -  
Non-marketable equity securities in other financial institutions     121       121               121          
FHLB Stock     7,276       7,276       -       7,276       -  
Loans Receivable     1,140,615       1,097,592       -       -       1,097,592  
Accrued Interest Receivable     4,511       4,511               4,511          
Investment in BOLI     29,398       29,398       -       29,398       -  
Liabilities                                        
Savings, NOW and money market accounts   $ 654,632     $ 654,632     $ -     $ 654,632     $ -  
Time deposits     451,605       453,644       -       453,644       -  
Long-term debt     55,498       57,421       -       57,421       -  
Short term borrowings     87,500       87,208       -       87,208       -  
TRUPs     12,000       9,400       -       9,400       -  
Subordinated notes     23,000       22,400       -       22,400       -  

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had outstanding loan commitments and standby letters of credit of $47.3 million and $65.6 million, respectively, and $21.2 million and $17.9 million respectively. Additionally, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, customers had $211.5 million and $162.2 million, respectively, available and unused on lines of credit, which include lines of credit for commercial customers, home equity loans as well as builder and construction lines. Based on the short-term lives of these instruments, the Company does not believe that the fair value of these instruments differs significantly from their carrying values.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amount presented herein.

 

  156  

 

 

NOTE 22 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – PARENT COMPANY ONLY

 

Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
Assets                
Cash - noninterest bearing   $ 4,246     $ 2,812  
Investment in wholly owned subsidiaries     185,445       139,418  
Other assets     1,387       4,491  
Total Assets   $ 191,078     $ 146,721  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                
Current liabilities   $ 1,224     $ 1,392  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated debentures     12,372       12,372  
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000       23,000  
Total Liabilities     36,596       36,764  
                 
Stockholders' Equity                
Common stock     56       46  
Additional paid in capital     84,397       48,209  
Retained earnings     72,594       63,648  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,847 )     (1,191 )
Unearned ESOP shares     (718 )     (755 )
Total Stockholders’ Equity     154,482       109,957  
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   $ 191,078     $ 146,721  

 

 

  157  

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
Interest and Dividend Income                        
Dividends from subsidiary   $ 6,000     $ 7,500     $ 5,500  
Interest income     65       64       19  
Interest expense     1,984       1,865       1,795  
Net Interest Income     4,081       5,699       3,724  
Miscellaneous expenses     (2,818 )     (2,968 )     (2,110 )
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary     1,263       2,731       1,614  
Federal and state income tax benefit     1,078       1,583       1,321  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary     8,887       2,894       4,396  
Net Income   $ 11,228     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                        
   Net income   $ 11,228     $ 7,208     $ 7,331  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities                        
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary     (8,887 )     (2,894 )     (4,396 )
Stock based compensation     474       515       489  
Decrease (increase) in other assets     3,109       (2,446 )     (145 )
(Increase) decrease in deferred income tax benefit     (6 )     (29 )     55  
Increase (decrease) in current liabilities     (168 )     327       (157 )
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities     5,750       2,681       3,177  
                         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                        
Cash paid to acquire County First Bank     (2,120 )     -       -  
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities     (2,120 )     -       -  
                         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                        
Dividends paid     (2,163 )     (1,804 )     (1,814 )
Proceeds from public offering     -       -       -  
Capital (to) from subsidiary     -       -       180  
Exercise of stock options     -       155       -  
Net change in unearned ESOP shares     37       (586 )     147  
Repurchase of common stock     (70 )     -       (865 )
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities     (2,196 )     (2,235 )     (2,352 )
Increase in Cash     1,434       446       825  
Cash at Beginning of Year     2,812       2,366       1,541  
Cash at End of Year   $ 4,246     $ 2,812     $ 2,366  

  

  158  

 

 

NOTE 23 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL COMPARISON (Unaudited)

 

    2018  
    Fourth     Third     Second     First  
(dollars in thousands)   Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
                         
Interest and dividend income   $ 17,043     $ 16,484     $ 15,754     $ 15,892  
Interest expense     4,217       3,724       3,343       3,002  
Net interest income     12,826       12,760       12,411       12,890  
Provision for loan losses     465       40       400       500  
Net interest income after provision     12,361       12,720       12,011       12,390  
                                 
Noninterest income     1,067       1,069       901       1,031  
Noninterest expense     8,240       8,491       9,750       11,668  
                                 
Income before income taxes     5,188       5,298       3,162       1,753  
Provision for income taxes     1,371       1,441       828       533  
Net Income Available to Common Stockholders   $ 3,817     $ 3,857     $ 2,334     $ 1,220  
                                 
Earnings Per Common Share 1                                
Basic   $ 0.69     $ 0.70     $ 0.42     $ 0.22  
Diluted   $ 0.69     $ 0.70     $ 0.42     $ 0.22  

 

    2017  
    Fourth     Third     Second     First  
(dollars in thousands)   Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
                         
Interest and dividend income   $ 13,573     $ 13,680     $ 13,395     $ 12,922  
Interest expense     2,800       2,672       2,462       2,248  
Net interest income     10,773       11,008       10,933       10,674  
Provision for loan losses     30       224       376       380  
Net interest income after provision     10,743       10,784       10,557       10,294  
                                 
Noninterest income     993       1,157       1,043       848  
Noninterest expense     7,739       7,442       7,521       7,352  
                                 
Income before income taxes     3,997       4,499       4,079       3,790  
Provision for income taxes     4,456       1,717       1,536       1,448  
Net (Loss) Income Available to Common Stockholders   $ (459 )   $ 2,782     $ 2,543     $ 2,342  
                                 
Earnings Per Common Share 1                                
Basic   $ (0.10 )   $ 0.60     $ 0.55     $ 0.51  
Diluted   $ (0.10 )   $ 0.60     $ 0.55     $ 0.51  

 

  159  

 

 

    2016  
    Fourth     Third     Second     First  
(dollars in thousands)   Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
                         
Interest and dividend income   $ 12,584     $ 12,223     $ 11,928     $ 11,312  
Interest expense     2,111       2,079       2,033       1,919  
Net interest income     10,473       10,144       9,895       9,393  
Provision for loan losses     670       698       564       427  
Net interest income after provision     9,803       9,446       9,331       8,966  
                                 
Noninterest income     887       839       1,225       845  
Noninterest expense     7,312       7,308       7,740       7,235  
                                 
Income before income taxes     3,378       2,977       2,816       2,576  
Provision for income taxes     1,356       1,014       1,078       968  
Net Income Available to Common Stockholders   $ 2,022     $ 1,963     $ 1,738     $ 1,608  
                                 
Earnings Per Common Share 1                                
Basic   $ 0.44     $ 0.43     $ 0.38     $ 0.35  
Diluted   $ 0.44     $ 0.42     $ 0.38     $ 0.35  

 

(1) Earnings per share are based upon quarterly results and, when added, may not total the annual earnings per share amounts.

 

  160  

 

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Not applicable

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

(b) Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

 

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is provided at Item 8 in this Form 10-K.

 

(c) Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Except as indicated herein, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

Effective January 1, 2019, the Board of Directors amended and restated Community Bank of the Chesapeake’s Executive Incentive Compensation Plan to: (i) provide that “Retirement Date” is defined as when a participant terminates employment with the Bank or an affiliate other than Cause, Death or disability on or after the attainment of 65; (ii) implement the use of scorecards for each participant that are to be used by the compensation committee to determine the amount of incentive award to be awarded to plan participants; (iii) include a disability clause that provides that the compensation committee will pro-rate the plan participant’s incentive award for the participants’ service during the performance period and distribute the incentive award to the participant’s beneficiary; and (iv) to add a requirement that the compensation committee set the incentive award opportunity on an annual basis for the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.

 

The foregoing description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Community Bank of the Chesapeake Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2019, which is filed as Exhibit 10.78 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

  161  

 

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

For information concerning the Company’s directors, the information contained under the section captioned “Items to be voted on by Stockholders- Item 1 – Election of Directors” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 15, 2019 (the “Proxy Statement”), which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference. For information concerning the executive officers of the Company, see “Item 1 – Business – Executive Officers of the Registrant” under Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

For information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the information contained under the section captioned “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

For information concerning the Company’s code of ethics, the information contained under the section captioned “Corporate Governance – Code of Ethics” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. A copy of the code of ethics and business conduct is filed as Exhibit 14 hereto and is available to stockholders within the “Investor Relations” section of the Bank’s website under the tabs “Investor Resources”, “Proxy and Annual Report, Committee Charters and Code of Ethics”, and Code of Ethics.

 

For information regarding the audit committee and its composition and the audit committee financial expert, the section captioned “Corporate Governance – Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

For information regarding executive compensation, the information contained under the sections captioned “Executive Compensation” and “Directors’ Compensation” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

(a) Security Ownership of Certain Owners

 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Principal Holders of Voting Securities” in the Proxy Statement.

 

(b) Security Ownership of Management

 

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Principal Holders of Voting Securities” in the Proxy Statement.

 

(c) Changes in Control

 

Management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may, at a subsequent date, result in a change in control of the registrant.

 

(d) Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The Company’s Tri-County 2005 Equity Compensation Plan was terminated in May 2015 and replaced with the 2015 Equity Compensation Plan (the “2015 Plan”). The 2015 Plan was approved by shareholders, which authorizes the issuance of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock units and stock options to the Board of Directors and key employees. There were no outstanding options issued under any plan as of December 31, 2017.

 

  162  

 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

The information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, the section captioned “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers – Policies and Procedures for Approval and Related Parties Transactions and Relationships and Transactions with the Company and the Bank” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

For information regarding director independence, the section captioned “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Audit Related Matters – Audit Fees” and “— an Pre-Approval of Services by the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.

 

  163  

 

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)  List of Documents Filed as Part of this Report

 

(1)  Financial Statements .  The following consolidated financial statements and notes related thereto are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms 91
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 93
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 94
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 95
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 96
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 99
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 101

 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules .   All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

(3)  Exhibits .   The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is also the Exhibit Index.

 

Exhibit

No

  Description   Incorporated by Reference to
         
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 31, 2017 by and among The Community Financial Corporation, Community Bank of the Chesapeake and County First Bank   Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K as filed on August 1, 2017
         
3.1   Articles of Incorporation as Amended and Restated of The Community Financial Corporation   Exhibit 3.1 to the Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-220455).
         
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Community Financial Corporation   Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K as filed on March 25, 2016
         
4.1   Amended and Restated Articles Supplementary establishing Senior Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, of Tri-County Financial Corporation   Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K as filed on September 23, 2011.
         
4.2   Form of Subordinated Indenture between The Community Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee   Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K as filed on February 4, 2015
         
4.3   Form of First Supplemental Indenture between The Community Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee   Exhibit 4.2 to the Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K as filed on February 4, 2015
         
4.4   Form of Global Note to represent the 6.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.3)   Form 8-K as filed on February 4, 2015
         
10.4*   Community Bank of the Chesapeake Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated   Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K as filed on February 10, 2016
         
10.5*   Community Bank of the Chesapeake Retirement Plan for Directors, as amended and restated   Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016

 

  164  

 

 

10.6*   Split Dollar Agreement with Michael L. Middleton   Exhibit 10.8 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 as filed on March 30, 2001
         
10.7*   Split Dollar Agreement with William J. Pasenelli dated April 12, 2001   Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 as filed on April 1, 2002.
         
10.8*   Salary Continuation Agreement with Michael L. Middleton, dated September 6, 2003   Exhibit 10.13 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 as filed on March 26, 2004
         
10.9*   First Amendment to the Salary Continuation Agreement, dated September 6, 2003, with Michael L. Middleton   Exhibit 10.20 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed on March 9, 2009
         
10.10*   Tri-County Financial Corporation 2005 Equity Compensation Plan   Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement as filed on April 11, 2005
         
10.11*   Amendment No. 1 to the Tri-County Financial Corporation 2005 Equity Compensation Plan   Exhibit 10 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 as filed on November 13, 2007
         
10.12*   Community Bank of the Chesapeake Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated   Exhibit 10.12 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016
         
10.26*   Form of Letter Agreement between Tri-County Financial Corporation and each of Michael L. Middleton, Gregory C. Cockerham and William J. Pasenelli   Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K as filed on September 23, 2011
         
10.29*   Employment Agreement with Michael L. Middleton dated July 1, 2014   Exhibit 10.29 to the Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed on March 17, 2015
         
10.32*   The Community Financial Corporation 2015 Equity Compensation Plan   Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement as filed on March 25, 2015
         
10.37*   Split Dollar Agreement with Todd L. Capitani dated March 3, 2011   Exhibit 10.37 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016
         
10.38*   Split Dollar Agreement with James Burke dated March 15, 2011   Exhibit 10.38 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016
         
10.42*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreement, dated January 1, 2011, with Michael L. Middleton   Exhibit 10.42 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016
         
10.43*   Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement between Community Bank of Tri-County and Michael L. Middleton dated January 12, 2004   Exhibit 10.43 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016.
         
10.44*   Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement between Community Bank of Tri-County and William J. Pasenelli dated January 12, 2004   Exhibit 10.44 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016
         
10.45*   Split Dollar Agreement with William J. Pasenelli dated March 15, 2011   Exhibit 10.45 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed on March 10, 2016
         
10.46*   Consulting Agreement, effective July 1, 2016, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Michael L. Middleton   Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K as filed on July 5, 2016

 

  165  

 

 

10.47*   Agreement dated March 25, 2016, by and between Community Financial Corporation and Basswood Capital Management, LLC   Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K as filed on March 25, 2016
         
10.48*   Split Dollar Agreement with Gregory C. Cockerham dated April 5, 2011   Exhibit 10.48 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 as filed on March 13, 2017
         
10.49*   Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement between Community Bank of Tri-County and Gregory C. Cockerham dated January 12, 2004   Exhibit 10.49 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 as filed on March 13, 2017
         
10.54*   Split Dollar Agreement with James F. Di Misa dated March 15, 2011   Exhibit 10.54 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 as filed on March 13, 2017
         
10.55*   Employment Agreement by and among Community Bank of the Chesapeake, William J. Pasenelli and The Community Financial Corporation, as guarantor   Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.56*   Employment Agreement by and among Community Bank of the Chesapeake, Todd L. Capitani and The Community Financial Corporation, as guarantor   Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.57*   Employment Agreement by and among Community Bank of the Chesapeake, James M. Burke and The Community Financial Corporation, as guarantor   Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.58*   Employment Agreement by and among Community Bank of the Chesapeake, Gregory C. Cockerham and The Community Financial Corporation, as guarantor   Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.59*   Employment Agreement by and among Community Bank of the Chesapeake, James F. Di Misa and The Community Financial Corporation, as guarantor   Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.60*   Employment Agreement by and among Community Bank of the Chesapeake, Christy Lombardi and The Community Financial Corporation, as guarantor   Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.61*   Salary Continuation Agreement between William J. Pasenelli and Community Bank of the Chesapeake, dated September 6, 2003, as amended on December 22, 2008 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018   Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.62*   Salary Continuation Agreement between Gregory C. Cockerham and Community Bank of the Chesapeake, dated September 6, 2003, as amended on December 22, 2008 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018   Exhibit 10.8 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.63*   Salary Continuation Agreement between William J. Pasenelli and Community Bank of the Chesapeake, dated August 21, 2006, as amended on April 13, 2007, December 30, 2007 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018   Exhibit 10.9 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018

 

  166  

 

 

10.64*   Salary Continuation Agreement between James M. Burke and Community Bank of the Chesapeake, dated August 21, 2006 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018   Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.65*   Salary Continuation Agreement between Gregory C. Cockerham and Community Bank of the Chesapeake, dated August 21, 2006, as amended on April 13, 2007, December 30, 2007 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018   Exhibit 10.11 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.66*   Salary Continuation Agreement between James F. Di Misa and Community Bank of the Chesapeake, dated August 21, 2006 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018   Exhibit 10.12 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.67*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018 with William J. Pasenelli   Exhibit 10.13 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.68*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018 with Todd L. Capitani   Exhibit 10.14 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.69*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated on April 30, 2018 with James M. Burke   Exhibit 10.15 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.70*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018 with Gregory C. Cockerham   Exhibit 10.16 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.71*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated on April 30, 2018 with James F. Di Misa   Exhibit 10.17 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.72*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreement, dated November 1, 2014 as amended and restated on April 30, 2018, with William J. Pasenelli   Exhibit 10.18 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.73*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreement, dated November 1, 2014 as amended and restated on April 30, 2018, with Todd L. Capitani   Exhibit 10.19 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018

 

  167  

 

 

10.74*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreement, dated November 1, 2014 as amended and restated on April 30, 2018, with James M. Burke   Exhibit 10.20 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.75*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreement, dated November 1, 2014 as amended and restated on April 30, 2018, with Gregory C. Cockerham   Exhibit 10.21 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.76*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreement, dated November 1, 2014 as amended and restated on April 30, 2018, with James F. Di Misa   Exhibit 10.22 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.77*   Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreement, dated November 1, 2014 as amended and restated on April 30, 2018, with Christy Lombardi   Exhibit 10.23 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 as filed on May 10, 2018
         
10.78*   Community Bank of the Chesapeake Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2019    
         
14.0   Code of Ethics   Exhibit 14 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 as filed on March 13, 2017
         
21.0   List of Subsidiaries    
         
23.1   Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP    
         
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer    
         
31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer    
         
32.0   Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer    
         
101.0   The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

(*) Management contract or compensating arrangement.

 

(b) Exhibits .   The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are either filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by reference herein.

 

(c) Financial Statements and Schedules Excluded From Annual Report .   There are no other financial statements and financial statement schedules which were excluded from this Annual Report pursuant to Rule 14a-3(b)(1) which are required to be included herein.

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

None

 

  168  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
     
Date: March 7, 2019 By: /s/ William J. Pasenelli
    William J. Pasenelli
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Duly Authorized Representative)

 

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By: /s/ Michael L. Middleton   By: /s/ William J. Pasenelli
  Michael L. Middleton     William J. Pasenelli
  Director, Chairman of the Board     Director, Vice-Chairman of the Board
  President and Chief Executive Officer     (Principal Executive Officer)
  Date: March 7, 2019     Date: March 7, 2019
         
By: /s/ Todd L. Capitani   By: /s/ Austin J. Slater, Jr.
  Todd L. Capitani     Austin J. Slater, Jr.
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     Director
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)      
  Date: March 7, 2019     Date: March 7, 2019
         
By: /s/Louis P. Jenkins, Jr   By: /s/ Kathryn M. Zabriskie
  Louis P. Jenkins, Jr.     Kathryn M. Zabriskie
  Director     Director
  Date: March 7, 2019     Date:  March 7, 2019
         
By: /s/ John K. Parlett, Jr   By: /s/ Joseph V. Stone, Jr.
  John K. Parlett, Jr     Joseph V. Stone, Jr.
  Director     Director
  Date: March 7, 2019     Date:  March 7, 2019
         
By: /s/ Mary Todd Peterson   By: /s/ M. Arshed Javaid
  Mary Todd Peterson     M. Arshed Javaid
  Director     Director
  Date: March 7, 2019     Date: March 7, 2019
         
By: /s/ Edward Lawrence Sanders, III      
  Edward Lawrence Sanders, III      
  Director      
  Date: March 7, 2019      

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.78

 

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

(as amended and restated effective January 1, 2019)

 

 

 

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2019)

 

ARTICLE I

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.01          Purpose . This purpose of The Community Bank of the Chesapeake Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated is to align the interests of Participants with the interests of the Bank, the Corporation and Corporation shareholders by providing Participants with an opportunity to earn incentive compensation upon the achievement of Corporation, Bank (branch/department), and/or individual performance goals.

 

It is intended that the Plan be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide bonuses in the form of cash and non-cash compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 201(2) of ERISA and that benefits provided under the Plan be taxable to Participants only when actually received. The Plan shall be administered, construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the purpose and intent set forth in this Section.

 

1.02          Effective Date . The Plan was originally adopted effective January 1, 1992 and subsequently amended and restated on January 1, 1998, December 23, 2002, December 31, 2008, January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2015 and January 1, 2016. The effective date of this restatement is January 1, 2019 (“Effective Date”).

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the terms defined in this Article II shall, for all purposes of this Plan, have the respective meanings specified in this Article II.

 

2.01         “ Affiliate ” means any company that would be considered an affiliate of the Bank or the Corporation pursuant to Section 424 of the Code.

 

2.02         “ Bank ” means Community Bank of the Chesapeake and any successor thereto.

 

2.03         “ Beneficiary ” means the person or persons designated as a Participant’s beneficiary or beneficiaries in accordance with Section 4.06 hereof.

 

2.04         “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

2.05         “ Cause ” means personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profits, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of a material provision of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), or a material violation of a final cease-and-desist order or any other action which results in a material financial loss to the Bank. A determination of “Cause” shall be made by the Board within its sole discretion.

 

2.06         “ Chairman ” means the Chairman of the Governance Committee who shall be responsible for coordinating all actions of the Committee.

 

A- 1

 

 

2.07         “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. References to a Code section shall include any comparable section or sections of future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes such section.

 

2.08         “ Committee ” means the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board who are appointed to serve on the Committee. In the absence at any time of a duly appointed Committee, the Plan shall be administered by the Board.

 

2.09         “ Compensation ” means a Participant’s base salary for the calendar year, as adjusted from time to time. Base salary will include only amounts paid by the Bank (including such amounts contributable to the Bank’s 401(k) plan by employees) and will exclude amounts paid by third party providers, such as disability.

 

2.10         “ Corporation ” means The Community Financial Corporation and any successor thereto.

 

2.11         “ Employee ” means any individual who performs service in the business of the Bank, the Corporation or any Affiliate, excluding any individual who performs such services as a self-employed person.

 

2.12         “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

2.13         “ Good Standing” means an Employee’s overall performance meets expectations (as determined by the Bank) and the Employee is not under corrective action or probation.

 

2.14         “ Incentive Award ” means cash or non-cash compensation paid to Participants pursuant to Article IV hereof.

 

2.15          “Maximum Incentive Award“ means the maximum Incentive Award that can be earned under this Plan for maximum performance, subject to Committee discretion.

 

2.16         “ Participant ” means an Employee who has become a Participant in the Plan as provided for in Article III.

 

2.17          “Performance Period” means January 1 – December 31, or such shorter period as determined by the Committee.

 

2.18         “ Plan ” means the Community Bank of the Chesapeake Executive Incentive Compensation Plan as herein set forth and as it may from time to time be amended.

 

2.19          “ Retirement Date ” the date a Participant terminates employment with the Bank or an Affiliate for reasons other than Cause, Death or disability on or after attainment of age 65.

 

2.20          “Target Incentive Award” means the Incentive Award that may be earned if level performance for each performance measure is satisfied (“Target Performance”), subject to Committee discretion. Target performance is based upon historical data and management’s best judgement as to expected performance during an applicable performance period.

 

2.21          “Threshold Incentive Award” means the Incentive Award that may be earned if Target Performance is not achieved, but the Committee determines a level of incentive opportunity is present.

 

A- 2

 

 

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

The Committee shall have sole discretion to determine which Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan. Eligibility may be subject to fulfillment of conditions, if any, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose. Employees are only eligible to participate in the Plan if they are in “Good Standing”.

 

ARTICLE IV

BENEFITS/INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

4.01          Incentive Awards . Each Participant shall have a pre-determined Threshold, Target and Maximum Incentive Award opportunity dependent upon his/her level of responsibility within the Bank, that is expressed as a percentage of such Participant’s Compensation as of the last day of the Performance Period (“Incentive Award Opportunity”). Incentive Award Opportunities will be determined based on a combination of performance measures as determined by the Committee The Incentive Award Opportunities for each Participant for the applicable Performance Period will be approved by the Committee on an annual basis and set forth on individual Participant scorecards. The Committee has the authority to set and amend each Participant’s Incentive Award Opportunity and the weighting of the performance criteria.

 

Unless otherwise specified in this Plan, Participants must be employed by the Bank on the date an Incentive Award is to be distributed in order to earn the Incentive Award under this Plan. In addition, all Participants must be in “Good Standing” in order for Incentive Awards to be earned under this Plan.

 

4.02          Recoupment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Committee may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and stock exchange rules or by any policies adopted by the Bank, the Corporation or Affiliates , cancel or require reimbursement of an Incentive Award distributed under this Plan.

 

A- 3

 

 

4.03          Calculation and Payment of Incentive Awards . Scorecards are tabulated by the Chief Operating Officer of the Bank based on financial results provided by the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. The calculations are reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and presented to the Compensation Committee for review and approval. The Chief Executive Officer does not tabulate or review his own scorecard. The Chief Operating Officer provides the Committee with the Chief Executive Officer’s final scorecard for Committee review and approval. Incentive Awards shall be determined by the Committee as soon as is practicable using a ratable approach. For purposes of this Plan, the ratable approach shall mean that payouts may be calculated as a proportion of the Threshold, Target and Maximum Incentive Award opportunities. If actual performance falls below between performance levels, the payout will also fall between the pre-defined performance level on a pro-rate basis. The Incentive Awards, at the Committee’s discretion, will be in the form of cash and/or non-cash compensation. If an Incentive Award is distributed in Corporation common stock, the Incentive Award will be valued at the fair market value of the Corporation common stock as determined under The Community Financial Corporation 2015 Equity Compensation Plan or successor plans or such other method at the Committee’s discretion for stock awards. Incentive Awards distributed in Corporation common stock may also be subject to a vesting condition upon grant. Once the cash Incentive Awards are determined by the Committee they will be paid in the payroll immediately following the determination of the cash Incentive Awards, but in no event later than 75 days after the end of the applicable Performance Period. Employment on the distribution date is a condition of earning an Incentive Award. In the event a Participant dies or becomes disabled prior to the end of an applicable Performance Period, the Committee will pro-rate his or her incentive Award for the Participant’s service during the Performance Period and distribute the Incentive Award (if any) to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, as applicable. If a Participant dies or becomes disabled after the end of an applicable Performance Period, but prior to distribution of an Incentive Award, the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive the Incentive Award. For purposes of this Section 4.03, a Participant shall be “disabled” if he or she is eligible to participate in a program of long-term disability insurance maintained by the Corporation or the Bank. The determination that a Participant is disabled shall be made in writing to the Bank. In addition, and notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, if a Participant’s Retirement Date falls on the last day of a Performance Period, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the Incentive Award for that Performance Period, regardless of whether he or she was employed by the Bank or an Affiliate at the time of distribution.

 

4.04          Source of Incentive Awards . Incentive Awards distributed in cash shall be paid by the Bank out of its general assets and shall not be funded by trust or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute, or be treated as, a trust or create any fiduciary relationship. The Bank shall be under no obligation to segregate any assets to provide Incentive Awards under the Plan and no person or entity which is entitled to payment under the terms of the Plan shall have any claim, right, security interest, or other interest in any fund, trust, account, insurance contract, or asset of the Employer. To the extent that a Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive any Incentive Award under the Plan, such right shall be limited to that of a recipient of an unfunded, unsecured promise to pay amounts in the future and the Participant’s (or other person’s) position with respect to such amounts shall be that of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank. The non-cash Incentive Awards payable under the Plan shall be granted to Participants by the Board of Directors of the Corporation from The Community Financial Corporation 2015 Equity Compensation Plan or any other shareholder approved equity plan, to the extent shares are available under the plan.

 

4.05          Minority disability or Incompetency . If any Incentive Award becomes payable under this Plan to a minor, to a person under legal disability or to a person not adjudicated incompetent but who the Committee in its discretion determines to be incapable by reason of illness or mental or physical disability of managing his or her financial affairs, the Committee may direct that such Incentive Award shall be paid to the legal representative or custodian of such person. Payments so made in good faith shall completely discharge the Committee, the Corporation, the Bank and Affiliates of any and all obligations and liabilities with respect to such payments.

 

4.06          Designation of Beneficiary . A Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of a Beneficiary who is to receive his or her Incentive Awards in the event of the Participant’s death before the Incentive Award is distributed. Such designation of Beneficiary may be changed at any time by written notice to the Committee. The designation last filed with the Committee shall be controlling. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of this Plan.

 

A- 4

 

 

ARTICLE V

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

5.01        (a) Responsibilities of the Committee. The Committee has the responsibility to approve, amend, or terminate the Plan as necessary. The actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties. In addition, the Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the annual Participant scorecards and authorizing the distribution of Incentive Awards, if any. The Committee is also responsible for setting the Incentive Award Opportunity, on an annual basis, for the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.

 

(b) Responsibilities of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the CEO serves as the management liaison to the Committee. The CEO is responsible for recommending to the Committee which Employees should be Participants in the Plan each year (this includes determining if additional Employees should be added to the Plan and if any Plan participants should be removed from participating in the Plan); provide recommendations to the Committee for the Incentive Award Opportunities amounts at Threshold, Target, and Maximum for Employees other than himself; review the objectives and evaluations, adjust guideline awards for performance and recommend final payouts to the Committee; and, provide other appropriate recommendations that may become necessary during the life of the Plan.

 

5.02          Claims Procedure . Claims for Incentive Awards under the Plan shall be filed in writing with the Committee. Written notice of the Committee’s disposition of a claim generally shall be furnished to the claimant within 60 days after the application therefore is filed. However, if special circumstances exist of which the Committee notifies the claimant within such 60 day period, the Committee may extend such period to the extent necessary, but in no event beyond 180 days after the claim is filed. If the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in writing, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. Any claimant who has been denied an Incentive Award shall be entitled, upon request to the Committee, to appeal the denial of his claim within 60 days following the Committee’s determination described in the preceding sentence. Upon such appeal, the claimant, or his representative, shall be entitled to examine pertinent documents, submit issues and comments in writing to the Committee, and meet with the Committee. The Committee shall review its decision and issue a final decision to the claimant in writing, generally within 60 days following such appeal. However, if special circumstances exist of which the Committee notifies the claimant within such 60 day period, the Committee may extend such period to the extent necessary, but in no event beyond 120 days following such appeal.

 

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

6.01          Right to Amend or Terminate . The Committee has developed the Plan on the basis of existing business, market and economic conditions, current services and staff assignments. Therefore, the Committee reserves the right at any time to terminate or amend the Plan in any manner and for any reason; provided, that no amendment or termination shall, without the consent of the Participant or, if applicable, the Beneficiary, adversely affect such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s rights with respect to Benefits earned as of the date of such amendment or termination.

 

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

7.01          No Enlargement of Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall give or be construed as giving any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Bank or shall interfere with the right of the Bank to discharge or otherwise terminate any Employee’s employment at any time.

 

7.02          Gender . Whenever any masculine terminology is used in this Plan, it shall be taken to include the feminine, unless the context otherwise indicates.

 

A- 5

 

 

7.03          Applicable Law . This Plan shall be construed and regulated, and its validity and effect and the rights hereunder of all parties interested shall at all times be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent such state law is preempted by federal law.

 

7.04          Titles and Headings . The titles and headings included herein are included for convenience only and shall not be construed as in any way affecting or modifying the text of the Plan, which text shall control.

 

7.05          Withholding . The Bank reserves the right to withhold from payments of Benefits/Incentive Awards such amounts of income, payroll, and other taxes as it deems advisable, and if the amount of such cash payment is not sufficient, the Bank may require the Participant or Beneficiary to pay the Bank the amount required to be withheld as a condition of delivering Benefits/Incentive Awards under the Plan.

 

7.06          Successors. All obligations of the Bank and the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor to the Bank and/or the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank and /or the Company.

 

7.07          Section 409A . It is intended, and the Plan will be so construed, that any amounts payable under the Plan shall be exempt from Code Section 409A a short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4). However, to the extent any amount payable under the Plan is not, in fact, exempt from Code Section 409A, it is intended, and the Plan to be so construed, that such amount shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A, then neither the Bank, the Company the Boards of Directors of the Bank and/or the Company , the Committee nor its or other designees or agents shall be liable to any Participant or other persons for actions, decisions or determinations made in good faith.

 

[signature page follows]

 

A- 6

 

 

WHEREFORE, the Community Bank of the Chesapeake adopts this Amended and Restated Executive Incentive Compensation Plan effective the 1st day of January, 2019.

 

ATTEST:   COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
    By:  
      William J. Pasenelli, President

 

A- 7

 

 

EXHIBIT 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Parent

 

The Community Financial Corporation

 

State of   Percentage        
Subsidiary   Owned     Incorporation  
             
Community Bank of the Chesapeake     100 %     Maryland  
                 
Tri-County Capital Trust I     100 %     Delaware  
                 
Tri-County Capital Trust II     100 %     Delaware  
                 
Subsidiaries of Community Bank of Tri-County                
                 
Community Mortgage Corporation of Tri-County     100 %     Maryland  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Directors and Stockholders

The Community Financial Corporation

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Forms S-3 (Nos. 333-191939 and 333-223345) and on Forms S-8 (Nos. 33-97174, 333-79237, 333-70800, 333-125103, and 333-204200) of The Community Financial Corporation of our reports dated March 7, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The Community Financial Corporation, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which reports appear in The Community Financial Corporation’s 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP  

 

Gaithersburg, Maryland 

March 7, 2019

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification

 

I, William J. Pasenelli, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Community Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 7, 2019

 

/s/ William J. Pasenelli  
   
   
William J. Pasenelli  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

Certification

I, Todd L. Capitani, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Community Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 7, 2019

 

/s/ Todd L. Capitani  
   
Todd L. Capitani  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The undersigned executive officers of The Community Financial Corporation (the “Registrant”) hereby certify that this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

  By:   /s/ William J. Pasenelli
  Name:  William J. Pasenelli
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  By: /s/ Todd L. Capitani
  Name:  Todd L. Capitani
  Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: March 7, 2019